Search Results

Search found 19102 results on 765 pages for 'runtime library'.

Page 762/765 | < Previous Page | 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765  | Next Page >

  • How to get httrack to work with SSL on mac os x? (libssl.so not found)

    - by cwd
    I'm trying to use httrack website copier but the program is running and reporting "no-ssl" (ie: it does not have the capability to copy secure sites). From looking over this thread, it seems that the problem is either when I make & configure the program, or when I run the program, it is not finding the lib-ssl / open-ssl that I have installed. I think it is looking for /var/root/lib/libssl.so.1.0 The user on that forum states that he created a symlink which allowed httrack to find the ssl library in the non-default location. Perhaps that's what I need to do - but where do I create the link from and to? I'm not seeing that I have any libssl.so files installed on my system. Do I need the development package? If so, how do I install that? I used macports to install the current version of openssl that I have. I'm running OS X 10.6. Reserch I have run this command to try and debug: dtruss httrack 2&1 | grep ssl and that outputs this: stat64("libssl.so.1.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.1.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.1.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.1.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.1\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.1\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.1\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.1\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.1.0.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.1.0.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.1.0.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.1.0.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8p\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8p\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8p\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8p\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8o\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8o\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8o\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8o\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8n\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8n\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8n\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8n\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8m\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8m\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8m\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8m\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8l\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8l\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8l\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8l\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8k\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8k\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8k\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8k\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8j\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8j\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8j\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8j\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8g\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8g\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8g\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8g\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8b\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8b\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8b\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8b\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.8\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.7\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.7\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.7\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.7\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so.0.9.6\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF210, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("libssl.so\0", 0x7FFF5FBFEE30, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/var/root/lib/libssl.so\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/local/lib/libssl.so\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 stat64("/usr/lib/libssl.so\0", 0x7FFF5FBFF220, 0x7FFF5FBFF470) = -1 Err#2 I have already used mac ports to install open-ssl: port installed The following ports are currently installed: beecrypt @4.2.1_2 (active) cpio @2.10_0 (active) expat @2.0.1_1 (active) flex @2.5.35_0 (active) gettext @0.18.1.1_2 (active) gperf @3.0.4_0 (active) icu @4.6_0 (active) libiconv @1.13.1_0 (active) mysql5 @5.1.53_0 (active) ncurses @5.9_0 (active) ncursesw @5.8_0 (active) neon @0.29.5_0 (active) openssl @1.0.0c_0 (active) perl5.8 @5.8.9_3 (active) popt @1.16_0 (active) python24 @2.4.6_7 (active) readline @6.1.002_0 (active) rpm @4.4.9_10 (active) sqlite3 @3.7.3_0 (active) zlib @1.2.5_0 (active) Here are the install locations: locate libssl /opt/local/lib/libssl.1.0.0.dylib /opt/local/lib/libssl.a /opt/local/lib/libssl.dylib /opt/local/lib/pkgconfig/libssl.pc /opt/local/var/macports/software/openssl/1.0.0c_0/opt/local/lib/libssl.1.0.0.dylib /opt/local/var/macports/software/openssl/1.0.0c_0/opt/local/lib/libssl.a /opt/local/var/macports/software/openssl/1.0.0c_0/opt/local/lib/libssl.dylib /opt/local/var/macports/software/openssl/1.0.0c_0/opt/local/lib/pkgconfig/libssl.pc /usr/lib/libssl.0.9.7.dylib /usr/lib/libssl.0.9.8.dylib /usr/lib/libssl.0.9.dylib /usr/lib/libssl.dylib /usr/lib/pkgconfig/libssl.pc What should I do next? More Info I tried the solution below: $ DYLD_INSERT_LIBRARIES="/opt/local/lib/libssl.1.0.0.dylib" httrack Welcome to HTTrack Website Copier (Offline Browser) 3.44-1-nossl Copyright (C) Xavier Roche and other contributors To see the option list, enter a blank line or try httrack --help It is still not able to load the ssl lib: 3.44-1-nossl

    Read the article

  • tmux: Suddenly, cannot horizontally split

    - by A__A__0
    As root, using a reasonably default .profile and .shrc and an empty tmux.conf, I am unable to split the window horizontally. There are a number of cases to consider so I'll list them clearly. Using the keybinding + empty configuration: nothing happens Using the keybinding + my configuration: a bell is generated, nothing else; occasionally, the split will appear and disappear immediately (maybe it always does this, but I'm connecting over ssh so it may not make it through) Using tmux split-window -h with any config: tmux immediately exits I've posted here in order the server and client verbose logs generated by tmux -v during the third case: server started, pid 9523 socket path /tmp/tmux-0/default new client 7 got 100 from client 7 got 101 from client 7 got 102 from client 7 got 103 from client 7 got 104 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 105 from client 7 got 106 from client 7 got 200 from client 7 cmdq 0x801c6e080: new-session (client 7) new term: xterm xterm override: XT xterm override: Ms ]52;%p1%s;%p2%s xterm override: Cs ]12;%p1%s xterm override: Cr ]112 xterm override: Ss [%p1%d q xterm override: Se [2 q new key Oo: 0x1021 (KP/) new key Oj: 0x1022 (KP*) new key Om: 0x1023 (KP-) new key Ow: 0x1024 (KP7) new key Ox: 0x1025 (KP8) new key Oy: 0x1026 (KP9) new key Ok: 0x1027 (KP+) new key Ot: 0x1028 (KP4) new key Ou: 0x1029 (KP5) new key Ov: 0x102a (KP6) new key Oq: 0x102b (KP1) new key Or: 0x102c (KP2) new key Os: 0x102d (KP3) new key OM: 0x102e (KPEnter) new key Op: 0x102f (KP0) new key On: 0x1030 (KP.) new key OA: 0x101d (Up) new key OB: 0x101e (Down) new key OC: 0x1020 (Right) new key OD: 0x101f (Left) new key [A: 0x101d (Up) new key [B: 0x101e (Down) new key [C: 0x1020 (Right) new key [D: 0x101f (Left) new key OH: 0x1018 (Home) new key OF: 0x1019 (End) new key [H: 0x1018 (Home) new key [F: 0x1019 (End) new key Oa: 0x501d (C-Up) new key Ob: 0x501e (C-Down) new key Oc: 0x5020 (C-Right) new key Od: 0x501f (C-Left) new key [a: 0x901d (S-Up) new key [b: 0x901e (S-Down) new key [c: 0x9020 (S-Right) new key [d: 0x901f (S-Left) new key [11^: 0x5002 (C-F1) new key [12^: 0x5003 (C-F2) new key [13^: 0x5004 (C-F3) new key [14^: 0x5005 (C-F4) new key [15^: 0x5006 (C-F5) new key [17^: 0x5007 (C-F6) new key [18^: 0x5008 (C-F7) new key [19^: 0x5009 (C-F8) new key [20^: 0x500a (C-F9) new key [21^: 0x500b (C-F10) new key [23^: 0x500c (C-F11) new key [24^: 0x500d (C-F12) new key [25^: 0x500e (C-F13) new key [26^: 0x500f (C-F14) new key [28^: 0x5010 (C-F15) new key [29^: 0x5011 (C-F16) new key [31^: 0x5012 (C-F17) new key [32^: 0x5013 (C-F18) new key [33^: 0x5014 (C-F19) new key [34^: 0x5015 (C-F20) new key [2^: 0x5016 (C-IC) new key [3^: 0x5017 (C-DC) new key [7^: 0x5018 (C-Home) new key [8^: 0x5019 (C-End) new key [6^: 0x501a (C-NPage) new key [5^: 0x501b (C-PPage) new key [11$: 0x9002 (S-F1) new key [12$: 0x9003 (S-F2) new key [13$: 0x9004 (S-F3) new key [14$: 0x9005 (S-F4) new key [15$: 0x9006 (S-F5) new key [17$: 0x9007 (S-F6) new key [18$: 0x9008 (S-F7) new key [19$: 0x9009 (S-F8) new key [20$: 0x900a (S-F9) new key [21$: 0x900b (S-F10) new key [23$: 0x900c (S-F11) new key [24$: 0x900d (S-F12) new key [25$: 0x900e (S-F13) new key [26$: 0x900f (S-F14) new key [28$: 0x9010 (S-F15) new key [29$: 0x9011 (S-F16) new key [31$: 0x9012 (S-F17) new key [32$: 0x9013 (S-F18) new key [33$: 0x9014 (S-F19) new key [34$: 0x9015 (S-F20) new key [2$: 0x9016 (S-IC) new key [3$: 0x9017 (S-DC) new key [7$: 0x9018 (S-Home) new key [8$: 0x9019 (S-End) new key [6$: 0x901a (S-NPage) new key [5$: 0x901b (S-PPage) new key [11@: 0xd002 (C-S-F1) new key [12@: 0xd003 (C-S-F2) new key [13@: 0xd004 (C-S-F3) new key [14@: 0xd005 (C-S-F4) new key [15@: 0xd006 (C-S-F5) new key [17@: 0xd007 (C-S-F6) new key [18@: 0xd008 (C-S-F7) new key [19@: 0xd009 (C-S-F8) new key [20@: 0xd00a (C-S-F9) new key [21@: 0xd00b (C-S-F10) new key [23@: 0xd00c (C-S-F11) new key [24@: 0xd00d (C-S-F12) new key [25@: 0xd00e (C-S-F13) new key [26@: 0xd00f (C-S-F14) new key [28@: 0xd010 (C-S-F15) new key [29@: 0xd011 (C-S-F16) new key [31@: 0xd012 (C-S-F17) new key [32@: 0xd013 (C-S-F18) new key [33@: 0xd014 (C-S-F19) new key [34@: 0xd015 (C-S-F20) new key [2@: 0xd016 (C-S-IC) new key [3@: 0xd017 (C-S-DC) new key [7@: 0xd018 (C-S-Home) new key [8@: 0xd019 (C-S-End) new key [6@: 0xd01a (C-S-NPage) new key [5@: 0xd01b (C-S-PPage) new key [I: 0x1031 ((null)) new key [O: 0x1032 ((null)) new key OP: 0x1002 (F1) new key OQ: 0x1003 (F2) new key OR: 0x1004 (F3) new key OS: 0x1005 (F4) new key [15~: 0x1006 (F5) new key [17~: 0x1007 (F6) new key [18~: 0x1008 (F7) new key [19~: 0x1009 (F8) new key [20~: 0x100a (F9) new key [21~: 0x100b (F10) new key [23~: 0x100c (F11) new key [24~: 0x100d (F12) new key [2~: 0x1016 (IC) new key [3~: 0x1017 (DC) replacing key OH: 0x1018 (Home) replacing key OF: 0x1019 (End) new key [6~: 0x101a (NPage) new key [5~: 0x101b (PPage) new key [Z: 0x101c (BTab) replacing key OA: 0x101d (Up) replacing key OB: 0x101e (Down) replacing key OD: 0x101f (Left) replacing key OC: 0x1020 (Right) spawn: /bin/sh -- session 0 created writing 207 to client 7 got 208 from client 7 input_parse: '#' ground input_parse: ' ' ground keys are 7 ([?1;2c) received service class 1 complete key [?1;2c 0xfff keys are 1 (t) complete key t 0x74 input_parse: 't' ground keys are 1 (m) complete key m 0x6d input_parse: 'm' ground keys are 1 (u) complete key u 0x75 input_parse: 'u' ground keys are 1 (x) complete key x 0x78 input_parse: 'x' ground keys are 1 ( ) complete key 0x20 input_parse: ' ' ground keys are 1 (s) complete key s 0x73 input_parse: 's' ground keys are 1 (p) complete key p 0x70 input_parse: 'p' ground keys are 1 (l) complete key l 0x6c input_parse: 'l' ground keys are 1 (i) complete key i 0x69 input_parse: 'i' ground keys are 1 (t) complete key t 0x74 input_parse: 't' ground keys are 1 (-) complete key - 0x2d input_parse: '-' ground keys are 1 (d) complete key d 0x64 input_parse: 'd' ground keys are 1 () complete key 0x7f input_parse: '' ground input_c0_dispatch: ' input_parse: '' ground input_parse: '[' esc_enter input_parse: 'K' csi_enter input_csi_dispatch: 'K' "" "" keys are 1 (w) complete key w 0x77 input_parse: 'w' ground keys are 1 (i) complete key i 0x69 input_parse: 'i' ground keys are 1 (n) complete key n 0x6e input_parse: 'n' ground keys are 1 (d) complete key d 0x64 input_parse: 'd' ground keys are 1 (o) complete key o 0x6f input_parse: 'o' ground keys are 1 (w) complete key w 0x77 input_parse: 'w' ground keys are 1 ( ) complete key 0x20 input_parse: ' ' ground keys are 1 (-) complete key - 0x2d input_parse: '-' ground keys are 1 (h) complete key h 0x68 input_parse: 'h' ground keys are 1 ( ) complete key 0xd input_parse: ' ' ground input_c0_dispatch: ' input_parse: ' ' ground input_c0_dispatch: ' new client 13 got 100 from client 13 got 101 from client 13 got 102 from client 13 got 103 from client 13 got 104 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 105 from client 13 got 106 from client 13 got 200 from client 13 cmdq 0x801c6e160: split-window -h (client 13) spawn: /bin/sh -- writing 203 to client 13 input_parse: '#' ground input_parse: ' ' ground input_parse: '#' ground input_parse: ' ' ground lost client 13 session 0 destroyed writing 203 to client 7 got 205 from client 7 writing 204 to client 7 lost client 7 got 207 from server got 203 from server got 204 from server There are some other peculiarities: With a newly created user (from which I overwrote root's .profile and .shrc, tmux works perfectly. Occasionally (twice out of the 50 or so times I've tested it), the splitting will work fine once in a session. (This happened for example when I ran ktrace on tmux, which I can also post) To explain the 'suddenly' part of the title: when I started my newly updated mysql56-server, tmux immediately exited and lost the session. Recently I changed architectures, from FreeBSD 10.0 i386 to amd64, and I am still working through shared library incompatibilities. I suspect that this could be involved, but I can't imagine how an incompatibility of this sort could result in such a specific, isolated failure.

    Read the article

  • Tomcat IIS 7 Integration gives 503 errors on all requests.

    - by Yvan JANSSENS
    Hi, After many attempts to install Tomcat on IIS 7, I finally managed to get it working. At least I think so :-S. I finally got the 500 errors away, by setting the correct permissions. The only thing that doesn't work is ... serving stuff: neither regular stuff (like ASP, HTML files, or directory browsing) or Tomcat things work. Here are my configs: Worker.properties # The workers that your plugins should create and work with # worker.list=worker1 #------ DEFAULT ajp13 WORKER DEFINITION ------------------------------ #--------------------------------------------------------------------- # Defining a worker named ajp13 and of type ajp13 # Note that the name and the type do not have to match. # worker.worker1.port=8009 worker.worker1.host=127.0.0.1 worker.worker1.type=ajp13 URIWorkerMap.properties /|/*=worker1 # Exclude the subdirectory static: !/static|/*=worker1 # Exclude some suffixes: !*.html=worker1 !*.asp=worker1 Server.xml <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. --> <!-- Note: A "Server" is not itself a "Container", so you may not define subcomponents such as "Valves" at this level. Documentation at /docs/config/server.html --> <Server port="8005" shutdown="SHUTDOWN"> <!--APR library loader. Documentation at /docs/apr.html --> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.core.AprLifecycleListener" SSLEngine="on" /> <!--Initialize Jasper prior to webapps are loaded. Documentation at /docs/jasper-howto.html --> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.core.JasperListener" /> <!-- Prevent memory leaks due to use of particular java/javax APIs--> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.core.JreMemoryLeakPreventionListener" /> <!-- JMX Support for the Tomcat server. Documentation at /docs/non-existent.html --> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.mbeans.ServerLifecycleListener" /> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.mbeans.GlobalResourcesLifecycleListener" /> <!-- Global JNDI resources Documentation at /docs/jndi-resources-howto.html --> <GlobalNamingResources> <!-- Editable user database that can also be used by UserDatabaseRealm to authenticate users --> <Resource name="UserDatabase" auth="Container" type="org.apache.catalina.UserDatabase" description="User database that can be updated and saved" factory="org.apache.catalina.users.MemoryUserDatabaseFactory" pathname="conf/tomcat-users.xml" /> </GlobalNamingResources> <!-- A "Service" is a collection of one or more "Connectors" that share a single "Container" Note: A "Service" is not itself a "Container", so you may not define subcomponents such as "Valves" at this level. Documentation at /docs/config/service.html --> <Service name="Catalina"> <!--The connectors can use a shared executor, you can define one or more named thread pools--> <!-- <Executor name="tomcatThreadPool" namePrefix="catalina-exec-" maxThreads="150" minSpareThreads="4"/> --> <!-- A "Connector" represents an endpoint by which requests are received and responses are returned. Documentation at : Java HTTP Connector: /docs/config/http.html (blocking & non-blocking) Java AJP Connector: /docs/config/ajp.html APR (HTTP/AJP) Connector: /docs/apr.html Define a non-SSL HTTP/1.1 Connector on port 8080 --> <Connector port="8080" protocol="HTTP/1.1" connectionTimeout="20000" redirectPort="8443" /> <!-- A "Connector" using the shared thread pool--> <!-- <Connector executor="tomcatThreadPool" port="8080" protocol="HTTP/1.1" connectionTimeout="20000" redirectPort="8443" /> --> <!-- Define a SSL HTTP/1.1 Connector on port 8443 This connector uses the JSSE configuration, when using APR, the connector should be using the OpenSSL style configuration described in the APR documentation --> <!-- <Connector port="8443" protocol="HTTP/1.1" SSLEnabled="true" maxThreads="150" scheme="https" secure="true" clientAuth="false" sslProtocol="TLS" /> --> <!-- Define an AJP 1.3 Connector on port 8009 --> <Connector port="8009" protocol="AJP/1.3" redirectPort="8443" /> <!-- An Engine represents the entry point (within Catalina) that processes every request. The Engine implementation for Tomcat stand alone analyzes the HTTP headers included with the request, and passes them on to the appropriate Host (virtual host). Documentation at /docs/config/engine.html --> <!-- You should set jvmRoute to support load-balancing via AJP ie : <Engine name="Catalina" defaultHost="localhost" jvmRoute="jvm1"> --> <Engine name="Catalina" defaultHost="localhost"> <!--For clustering, please take a look at documentation at: /docs/cluster-howto.html (simple how to) /docs/config/cluster.html (reference documentation) --> <!-- <Cluster className="org.apache.catalina.ha.tcp.SimpleTcpCluster"/> --> <!-- The request dumper valve dumps useful debugging information about the request and response data received and sent by Tomcat. Documentation at: /docs/config/valve.html --> <!-- <Valve className="org.apache.catalina.valves.RequestDumperValve"/> --> <!-- This Realm uses the UserDatabase configured in the global JNDI resources under the key "UserDatabase". Any edits that are performed against this UserDatabase are immediately available for use by the Realm. --> <Realm className="org.apache.catalina.realm.UserDatabaseRealm" resourceName="UserDatabase"/> <!-- Define the default virtual host Note: XML Schema validation will not work with Xerces 2.2. --> <Host name="localhost" appBase="webapps" unpackWARs="true" autoDeploy="true" xmlValidation="false" xmlNamespaceAware="false"> <!-- SingleSignOn valve, share authentication between web applications Documentation at: /docs/config/valve.html --> <!-- <Valve className="org.apache.catalina.authenticator.SingleSignOn" /> --> <!-- Access log processes all example. Documentation at: /docs/config/valve.html --> <!-- <Valve className="org.apache.catalina.valves.AccessLogValve" directory="logs" prefix="localhost_access_log." suffix=".txt" pattern="common" resolveHosts="false"/> --> </Host> </Engine> </Service> </Server> http://localhost:8080 is working, I can view the apps and configure them there... I'm quite new to IIS 7, I used to work with IIS 6. Thanks in advance, Yvan

    Read the article

  • IIS Strategies for Accessing Secured Network Resources

    - by Emtucifor
    Problem: A user connects to a service on a machine, such as an IIS web site or a SQL Server database. The site or the database need to gain access to network resources such as file shares (the most common) or a database on a different server. Permission is denied. This is because the user the service is running as doesn't have network permissions in the first place, or if it does, it doesn't have rights to access the remote resource. I keep running into this problem over and over again and am tired of not having a really solid way of handling it. Here are some workarounds I'm aware of: Run IIS as a custom-created domain user who is granted high permissions If permissions are granted one file share at a time, then every time I want to read from a new share, I would have to ask a network admin to add it for me. Eventually, with many web sites reading from many shares, it is going to get really complicated. If permissions are just opened up wide for the user to access any file shares in our domain, then this seems like an unnecessary security surface area to present. This also applies to all the sites running on IIS, rather than just the selected site or virtual directory that needs the access, a further surface area problem. Still use the IUSR account but give it network permissions and set up the same user name on the remote resource (not a domain user, a local user) This also has its problems. For example, there's a file share I am using that I have full rights to for sharing, but I can't log in to the machine. So I have to find the right admin and ask him to do it for me. Any time something has to change, it's another request to an admin. Allow IIS users to connect as anonymous, but set the account used for anonymous access to a high-privilege one This is even worse than giving the IIS IUSR full privileges, because it means my web site can't use any kind of security in the first place. Connect using Kerberos, then delegate This sounds good in principle but has all sorts of problems. First of all, if you're using virtual web sites where the domain name you connect to the site with is not the base machine name (as we do frequently), then you have to set up a Service Principal Name on the webserver using Microsoft's SetSPN utility. It's complicated and apparently prone to errors. Also, you have to ask your network/domain admin to change security policy for the web server so it is "trusted for delegation." If you don't get everything perfectly right, suddenly your intended Kerberos authentication is NTLM instead, and you can only impersonate rather than delegate, and thus no reaching out over the network as the user. Also, this method can be problematic because sometimes you need the web site or database to have permissions that the connecting user doesn't have. Create a service or COM+ application that fetches the resource for the web site Services and COM+ packages are run with their own set of credentials. Running as a high-privilege user is okay since they can do their own security and deny requests that are not legitimate, putting control in the hands of the application developer instead of the network admin. Problems: I am using a COM+ package that does exactly this on Windows Server 2000 to deliver highly sensitive images to a secured web application. I tried moving the web site to Windows Server 2003 and was suddenly denied permission to instantiate the COM+ object, very likely registry permissions. I trolled around quite a bit and did not solve the problem, partly because I was reluctant to give the IUSR account full registry permissions. That seems like the same bad practice as just running IIS as a high-privilege user. Note: This is actually really simple. In a programming language of your choice, you create a class with a function that returns an instance of the object you want (an ADODB.Connection, for example), and build a dll, which you register as a COM+ object. In your web server-side code, you create an instance of the class and use the function, and since it is running under a different security context, calls to network resources work. Map drive letters to shares This could theoretically work, but in my mind it's not really a good long-term strategy. Even though mappings can be created with specific credentials, and this can be done by others than a network admin, this also is going to mean that there are either way too many shared drives (small granularity) or too much permission is granted to entire file servers (large granularity). Also, I haven't figured out how to map a drive so that the IUSR gets the drives. Mapping a drive is for the current user, I don't know the IUSR account password to log in as it and create the mappings. Move the resources local to the web server/database There are times when I've done this, especially with Access databases. Does the database have to live out on the file share? Sometimes, it was just easiest to move the database to the web server or to the SQL database server (so the linked server to it would work). But I don't think this is a great all-around solution, either. And it won't work when the resource is a service rather than a file. Move the service to the final web server/database I suppose I could run a web server on my SQL Server database, so the web site can connect to it using impersonation and make me happy. But do we really want random extra web servers on our database servers just so this is possible? No. Virtual directories in IIS I know that virtual directories can help make remote resources look as though they are local, and this supports using custom credentials for each virtual directory. I haven't been able to come up with, yet, how this would solve the problem for system calls. Users could reach file shares directly, but this won't help, say, classic ASP code access resources. I could use a URL instead of a file path to read remote data files in a web page, but this isn't going to help me make a connection to an Access database, a SQL server database, or any other resource that uses a connection library rather than being able to just read all the bytes and work with them. I wish there was some kind of "service tunnel" that I could create. Think about how a VPN makes remote resources look like they are local. With a richer aliasing mechanism, perhaps code-based, why couldn't even database connections occur under a defined security context? Why not a special Windows component that lets you specify, per user, what resources are available and what alternate credentials are used for the connection? File shares, databases, web sites, you name it. I guess I'm almost talking about a specialized local proxy server. Anyway, so there's my list. I may update it if I think of more. Does anyone have any ideas for me? My current problem today is, yet again, I need a web site to connect to an Access database on a file share. Here we go again...

    Read the article

  • EC2 instance suddenly refusing SSH connections and won't respond to ping

    - by Chris
    My instance was running fine and this morning I was able to access a Ruby on Rails app hosted on it. An hour later I suddenly wasn't able to access my site, my SSH connection attempts were refused and the server wasn't even responding to ping. I didn't change anything on my system during that hour and reboots aren't fixing it. I've never had any problems connecting or pinging the system before. Can someone please help? This is on my production system! OS: CentOS 5 AMI ID: ami-10b55379 Type: m1.small [] ~% ssh -v *****@meeteor.com OpenSSH_5.2p1, OpenSSL 0.9.8l 5 Nov 2009 debug1: Reading configuration data /etc/ssh_config debug1: Connecting to meeteor.com [184.73.235.191] port 22. debug1: connect to address 184.73.235.191 port 22: Connection refused ssh: connect to host meeteor.com port 22: Connection refused [] ~% ping meeteor.com PING meeteor.com (184.73.235.191): 56 data bytes Request timeout for icmp_seq 0 Request timeout for icmp_seq 1 Request timeout for icmp_seq 2 ^C --- meeteor.com ping statistics --- 4 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100.0% packet loss [] ~% ========= System Log ========= Restarting system. Linux version 2.6.16-xenU ([email protected]) (gcc version 4.0.1 20050727 (Red Hat 4.0.1-5)) #1 SMP Mon May 28 03:41:49 SAST 2007 BIOS-provided physical RAM map: Xen: 0000000000000000 - 000000006a400000 (usable) 980MB HIGHMEM available. 727MB LOWMEM available. NX (Execute Disable) protection: active IRQ lockup detection disabled Built 1 zonelists Kernel command line: root=/dev/sda1 ro 4 Enabling fast FPU save and restore... done. Enabling unmasked SIMD FPU exception support... done. Initializing CPU#0 PID hash table entries: 4096 (order: 12, 65536 bytes) Xen reported: 2599.998 MHz processor. Dentry cache hash table entries: 131072 (order: 7, 524288 bytes) Inode-cache hash table entries: 65536 (order: 6, 262144 bytes) Software IO TLB disabled vmalloc area: ee000000-f53fe000, maxmem 2d7fe000 Memory: 1718700k/1748992k available (1958k kernel code, 20948k reserved, 620k data, 144k init, 1003528k highmem) Checking if this processor honours the WP bit even in supervisor mode... Ok. Calibrating delay using timer specific routine.. 5202.30 BogoMIPS (lpj=26011526) Mount-cache hash table entries: 512 CPU: L1 I Cache: 64K (64 bytes/line), D cache 64K (64 bytes/line) CPU: L2 Cache: 1024K (64 bytes/line) Checking 'hlt' instruction... OK. Brought up 1 CPUs migration_cost=0 Grant table initialized NET: Registered protocol family 16 Brought up 1 CPUs xen_mem: Initialising balloon driver. highmem bounce pool size: 64 pages VFS: Disk quotas dquot_6.5.1 Dquot-cache hash table entries: 1024 (order 0, 4096 bytes) Initializing Cryptographic API io scheduler noop registered io scheduler anticipatory registered (default) io scheduler deadline registered io scheduler cfq registered i8042.c: No controller found. RAMDISK driver initialized: 16 RAM disks of 4096K size 1024 blocksize Xen virtual console successfully installed as tty1 Event-channel device installed. netfront: Initialising virtual ethernet driver. mice: PS/2 mouse device common for all mice md: md driver 0.90.3 MAX_MD_DEVS=256, MD_SB_DISKS=27 md: bitmap version 4.39 NET: Registered protocol family 2 Registering block device major 8 IP route cache hash table entries: 65536 (order: 6, 262144 bytes) TCP established hash table entries: 262144 (order: 9, 2097152 bytes) TCP bind hash table entries: 65536 (order: 7, 524288 bytes) TCP: Hash tables configured (established 262144 bind 65536) TCP reno registered TCP bic registered NET: Registered protocol family 1 NET: Registered protocol family 17 NET: Registered protocol family 15 Using IPI No-Shortcut mode md: Autodetecting RAID arrays. md: autorun ... md: ... autorun DONE. kjournald starting. Commit interval 5 seconds EXT3-fs: mounted filesystem with ordered data mode. VFS: Mounted root (ext3 filesystem) readonly. Freeing unused kernel memory: 144k freed *************************************************************** *************************************************************** ** WARNING: Currently emulating unsupported memory accesses ** ** in /lib/tls glibc libraries. The emulation is ** ** slow. To ensure full performance you should ** ** install a 'xen-friendly' (nosegneg) version of ** ** the library, or disable tls support by executing ** ** the following as root: ** ** mv /lib/tls /lib/tls.disabled ** ** Offending process: init (pid=1) ** *************************************************************** *************************************************************** Pausing... 5Pausing... 4Pausing... 3Pausing... 2Pausing... 1Continuing... INIT: version 2.86 booting Welcome to CentOS release 5.4 (Final) Press 'I' to enter interactive startup. Setting clock : Fri Oct 1 14:35:26 EDT 2010 [ OK ] Starting udev: [ OK ] Setting hostname localhost.localdomain: [ OK ] No devices found Setting up Logical Volume Management: [ OK ] Checking filesystems Checking all file systems. [/sbin/fsck.ext3 (1) -- /] fsck.ext3 -a /dev/sda1 /dev/sda1: clean, 275424/1310720 files, 1161123/2621440 blocks [ OK ] Remounting root filesystem in read-write mode: [ OK ] Mounting local filesystems: [ OK ] Enabling local filesystem quotas: [ OK ] Enabling /etc/fstab swaps: [ OK ] INIT: Entering runlevel: 4 Entering non-interactive startup Starting background readahead: [ OK ] Applying ip6tables firewall rules: modprobe: FATAL: Module ip6_tables not found. ip6tables-restore v1.3.5: ip6tables-restore: unable to initializetable 'filter' Error occurred at line: 3 Try `ip6tables-restore -h' or 'ip6tables-restore --help' for more information. [FAILED] Applying iptables firewall rules: [ OK ] Loading additional iptables modules: ip_conntrack_netbios_ns [ OK ] Bringing up loopback interface: [ OK ] Bringing up interface eth0: Determining IP information for eth0... done. [ OK ] Starting auditd: [FAILED] Starting irqbalance: [ OK ] Starting portmap: [ OK ] FATAL: Module lockd not found. Starting NFS statd: [ OK ] Starting RPC idmapd: FATAL: Module sunrpc not found. FATAL: Error running install command for sunrpc Error: RPC MTAB does not exist. Starting system message bus: [ OK ] Starting Bluetooth services:[ OK ] [ OK ] Can't open RFCOMM control socket: Address family not supported by protocol Mounting other filesystems: [ OK ] Starting PC/SC smart card daemon (pcscd): [ OK ] Starting hidd: Can't open HIDP control socket: Address family not supported by protocol [FAILED] Starting autofs: Starting automount: automount: test mount forbidden or incorrect kernel protocol version, kernel protocol version 5.00 or above required. [FAILED] [FAILED] Starting sshd: [ OK ] Starting cups: [ OK ] Starting sendmail: [ OK ] Starting sm-client: [ OK ] Starting console mouse services: no console device found[FAILED] Starting crond: [ OK ] Starting xfs: [ OK ] Starting anacron: [ OK ] Starting atd: [ OK ] % Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed 100 390 100 390 0 0 58130 0 --:--:-- --:--:-- --:--:-- 58130 100 390 100 390 0 0 56984 0 --:--:-- --:--:-- --:--:-- 0 Starting yum-updatesd: [ OK ] Starting Avahi daemon... [ OK ] Starting HAL daemon: [ OK ] Starting OSSEC: [ OK ] Starting smartd: [ OK ] c CentOS release 5.4 (Final) Kernel 2.6.16-xenU on an i686 domU-12-31-39-00-C4-97 login: INIT: Id "2" respawning too fast: disabled for 5 minutes INIT: Id "3" respawning too fast: disabled for 5 minutes INIT: Id "4" respawning too fast: disabled for 5 minutes INIT: Id "5" respawning too fast: disabled for 5 minutes INIT: Id "6" respawning too fast: disabled for 5 minutes

    Read the article

  • puma init.d for centos 6 fails with runuser: user /var/log/puma.log does not exist

    - by Rubytastic
    Trying to get a init.d/puma to work on Centos 6. It throws error runuser: user /var/log/puma.log does not exist I run this from the /srv/books/current folder but it fails. I tried to debug the values but not quite get what is missing and why it throws this error. #! /bin/sh # puma - this script starts and stops the puma daemon # # chkconfig: - 85 15 # description: Puma # processname: puma # config: /etc/puma.conf # pidfile: /srv/books/current/tmp/pids/puma.pid # Author: Darío Javier Cravero &lt;[email protected]> # # Do NOT "set -e" # Original script https://github.com/puma/puma/blob/master/tools/jungle/puma # It was modified here by Stanislaw Pankevich <[email protected]> # to run on CentOS 5.5 boxes. # Script works perfectly on CentOS 5: script uses its native daemon(). # Puma is being stopped/restarted by sending signals, control app is not used. # Source function library. . /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions # Source networking configuration. . /etc/sysconfig/network # Check that networking is up. [ "$NETWORKING" = "no" ] && exit 0 # PATH should only include /usr/* if it runs after the mountnfs.sh script PATH=/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin/:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin DESC="Puma rack web server" NAME=puma DAEMON=$NAME SCRIPTNAME=/etc/init.d/$NAME CONFIG=/etc/puma.conf JUNGLE=`cat $CONFIG` RUNPUMA=/usr/local/bin/run-puma # Skipping the following non-CentOS string # Load the VERBOSE setting and other rcS variables # . /lib/init/vars.sh # CentOS does not have these functions natively log_daemon_msg() { echo "$@"; } log_end_msg() { [ $1 -eq 0 ] && RES=OK; logger ${RES:=FAIL}; } # Define LSB log_* functions. # Depend on lsb-base (>= 3.0-6) to ensure that this file is present. . /lib/lsb/init-functions # # Function that performs a clean up of puma.* files # cleanup() { echo "Cleaning up puma temporary files..." echo $1; PIDFILE=$1/tmp/puma/puma.pid STATEFILE=$1/tmp/puma/puma.state SOCKFILE=$1/tmp/puma/puma.sock rm -f $PIDFILE $STATEFILE $SOCKFILE } # # Function that starts the jungle # do_start() { log_daemon_msg "=> Running the jungle..." for i in $JUNGLE; do dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` user=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 2` config_file=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 3` if [ "$config_file" = "" ]; then config_file="$dir/puma/config.rb" fi log_file=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 4` if [ "$log_file" = "" ]; then log_file="$dir/puma/puma.log" fi do_start_one $dir $user $config_file $log_file done } do_start_one() { PIDFILE=$1/puma/puma.pid if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then PID=`cat $PIDFILE` # If the puma isn't running, run it, otherwise restart it. if [ "`ps -A -o pid= | grep -c $PID`" -eq 0 ]; then do_start_one_do $1 $2 $3 $4 else do_restart_one $1 fi else do_start_one_do $1 $2 $3 $4 fi } do_start_one_do() { log_daemon_msg "--> Woke up puma $1" log_daemon_msg "user $2" log_daemon_msg "log to $4" cleanup $1; daemon --user $2 $RUNPUMA $1 $3 $4 } # # Function that stops the jungle # do_stop() { log_daemon_msg "=> Putting all the beasts to bed..." for i in $JUNGLE; do dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` do_stop_one $dir done } # # Function that stops the daemon/service # do_stop_one() { log_daemon_msg "--> Stopping $1" PIDFILE=$1/tmp/puma/puma.pid STATEFILE=$1/tmp/puma/puma.state echo $PIDFILE if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then PID=`cat $PIDFILE` echo "Pid:" echo $PID if [ "`ps -A -o pid= | grep -c $PID`" -eq 0 ]; then log_daemon_msg "---> Puma $1 isn't running." else log_daemon_msg "---> About to kill PID `cat $PIDFILE`" # pumactl --state $STATEFILE stop # Many daemons don't delete their pidfiles when they exit. kill -9 $PID fi cleanup $1 else log_daemon_msg "---> No puma here..." fi return 0 } # # Function that restarts the jungle # do_restart() { for i in $JUNGLE; do dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` do_restart_one $dir done } # # Function that sends a SIGUSR2 to the daemon/service # do_restart_one() { PIDFILE=$1/tmp/puma/puma.pid i=`grep $1 $CONFIG` dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then log_daemon_msg "--> About to restart puma $1" # pumactl --state $dir/tmp/puma/state restart kill -s USR2 `cat $PIDFILE` # TODO Check if process exist else log_daemon_msg "--> Your puma was never playing... Let's get it out there first" user=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 2` config_file=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 3` if [ "$config_file" = "" ]; then config_file="$dir/config/puma.rb" fi log_file=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 4` if [ "$log_file" = "" ]; then log_file="$dir/log/puma.log" fi do_start_one $dir $user $config_file $log_file fi return 0 } # # Function that statuss then jungle # do_status() { for i in $JUNGLE; do dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` do_status_one $dir done } # # Function that sends a SIGUSR2 to the daemon/service # do_status_one() { PIDFILE=$1/tmp/puma/pid i=`grep $1 $CONFIG` dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then log_daemon_msg "--> About to status puma $1" pumactl --state $dir/tmp/puma/state stats # kill -s USR2 `cat $PIDFILE` # TODO Check if process exist else log_daemon_msg "--> $1 isn't there :(..." fi return 0 } do_add() { str="" # App's directory if [ -d "$1" ]; then if [ "`grep -c "^$1" $CONFIG`" -eq 0 ]; then str=$1 else echo "The app is already being managed. Remove it if you want to update its config." exit 1 fi else echo "The directory $1 doesn't exist." exit 1 fi # User to run it as if [ "`grep -c "^$2:" /etc/passwd`" -eq 0 ]; then echo "The user $2 doesn't exist." exit 1 else str="$str,$2" fi # Config file if [ "$3" != "" ]; then if [ -e $3 ]; then str="$str,$3" else echo "The config file $3 doesn't exist." exit 1 fi fi # Log file if [ "$4" != "" ]; then str="$str,$4" fi # Add it to the jungle echo $str >> $CONFIG log_daemon_msg "Added a Puma to the jungle: $str. You still have to start it though." } do_remove() { if [ "`grep -c "^$1" $CONFIG`" -eq 0 ]; then echo "There's no app $1 to remove." else # Stop it first. do_stop_one $1 # Remove it from the config. sed -i "\\:^$1:d" $CONFIG log_daemon_msg "Removed a Puma from the jungle: $1." fi } case "$1" in start) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_daemon_msg "Starting $DESC" "$NAME" if [ "$#" -eq 1 ]; then do_start else i=`grep $2 $CONFIG` dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` user=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 2` config_file=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 3` if [ "$config_file" = "" ]; then config_file="$dir/config/puma.rb" fi log_file=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 4` if [ "$log_file" = "" ]; then log_file="$dir/log/puma.log" fi do_start_one $dir $user $config_file $log_file fi case "$?" in 0|1) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 0 ;; 2) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 1 ;; esac ;; stop) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_daemon_msg "Stopping $DESC" "$NAME" if [ "$#" -eq 1 ]; then do_stop else i=`grep $2 $CONFIG` dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` do_stop_one $dir fi case "$?" in 0|1) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 0 ;; 2) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 1 ;; esac ;; status) # TODO Implement. log_daemon_msg "Status $DESC" "$NAME" if [ "$#" -eq 1 ]; then do_status else i=`grep $2 $CONFIG` dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` do_status_one $dir fi case "$?" in 0|1) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 0 ;; 2) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 1 ;; esac ;; restart) log_daemon_msg "Restarting $DESC" "$NAME" if [ "$#" -eq 1 ]; then do_restart else i=`grep $2 $CONFIG` dir=`echo $i | cut -d , -f 1` do_restart_one $dir fi case "$?" in 0|1) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 0 ;; 2) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 1 ;; esac ;; add) if [ "$#" -lt 3 ]; then echo "Please, specifiy the app's directory and the user that will run it at least." echo " Usage: $SCRIPTNAME add /path/to/app user /path/to/app/config/puma.rb /path/to/app/config/log/puma.log" echo " config and log are optionals." exit 1 else do_add $2 $3 $4 $5 fi case "$?" in 0|1) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 0 ;; 2) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 1 ;; esac ;; remove) if [ "$#" -lt 2 ]; then echo "Please, specifiy the app's directory to remove." exit 1 else do_remove $2 fi case "$?" in 0|1) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 0 ;; 2) [ "$VERBOSE" != no ] && log_end_msg 1 ;; esac ;; *) echo "Usage:" >&2 echo " Run the jungle: $SCRIPTNAME {start|stop|status|restart}" >&2 echo " Add a Puma: $SCRIPTNAME add /path/to/app user /path/to/app/config/puma.rb /path/to/app/config/log/puma.log" echo " config and log are optionals." echo " Remove a Puma: $SCRIPTNAME remove /path/to/app" echo " On a Puma: $SCRIPTNAME {start|stop|status|restart} PUMA-NAME" >&2 exit 3 ;; esac :

    Read the article

  • Moving the swapfiles to a dedicated partition in Snow Leopard

    - by e.James
    I have been able to move Apple's virtual memory swapfiles to a dedicated partition on my hard drive up until now. The technique I have been using is described in a thread on forums.macosxhints.com. However, with the developer preview of Snow Leopard, this method no longer works. Does anyone know how it could be done with the new OS? Update: I have marked dblu's answer as accepted even though it didn't quite work because he gave excellent, detailed instructions and because his suggestion to use plutil ultimately pointed me in the right direction. The complete, working solution is posted here in the question because I don't have enough reputation to edit the accepted answer. Complete solution: 1. Open Terminal and make a backup copy of Apple's default dynamic_pager.plist: $ cd /System/Library/LaunchDaemons $ sudo cp com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist{,_bak} 2. Convert the plist from binary to plain XML: $ sudo plutil -convert xml1 com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist 3. Open the converted plist with your text editor of choice. (I use pico, see dblu's answer for an example using vim): $ sudo pico -w com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist It should look as follows: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs$ <plist version="1.0"> <dict> <key>EnableTransactions</key> <true/> <key>HopefullyExitsLast</key> <true/> <key>Label</key> <string>com.apple.dynamic_pager</string> <key>OnDemand</key> <false/> <key>ProgramArguments</key> <array> <string>/sbin/dynamic_pager</string> <string>-F</string> <string>/private/var/vm/swapfile</string> </array> </dict> </plist> 4. Change the ProgramArguments array (lines 13 through 18) so that it launches an intermediate shell script instead of launching dynamic_pager directly. See note #1 for details on why this is necessary. <key>ProgramArguments</key> <array> <string>/sbin/dynamic_pager_init</string> </array> 5. Save the plist, and return to the terminal prompt. Using pico, the commands would be: <ctrl+o> to save the file <enter> to accept the same filename (com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist) <ctrl+x> to exit 6. Convert the modified plist back to binary: $ sudo plutil -convert binary1 com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist 7. Create the intermediate shell script: $ cd /sbin $ sudo pico -w dynamic_pager_init The script should look as follows (my partition is called 'Swap', and I chose to put the swapfiles in a hidden directory on that partition, called '.vm' be sure that the directory you specify actually exists): Update: This version of the script makes use of wait4path as suggested by ZILjr: #!/bin/bash #launch Apple's dynamic_pager only when the swap volume is mounted echo "Waiting for Swap volume to mount"; wait4path /Volumes/Swap; echo "Launching dynamic pager on volume Swap"; /sbin/dynamic_pager -F /Volumes/Swap/.vm/swapfile; 8. Save and close dynamic_pager_init (same commands as step 5) 9. Modify permissions and ownership for dynamic_pager_init: $ sudo chmod a+x-w /sbin/dynamic_pager_init $ sudo chown root:wheel /sbin/dynamic_pager_init 10. Verify the permissions on dynamic_pager_init: $ ls -l dynamic_pager_init -r-xr-xr-x 1 root wheel 6 18 Sep 15:11 dynamic_pager_init 11. Restart your Mac. If you run into trouble, switch to verbose startup mode by holding down Command-v immediately after the startup chime. This will let you see all of the startup messages that appear during startup. If you run into even worse trouble (i.e. you never see the login screen), hold down Command-s instead. This will boot the computer in single-user mode (no graphical UI, just a command prompt) and allow you to restore the backup copy of com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist that you made in step 1. 12. Once the computer boots, fire up Terminal and verify that the swap files have actually been moved: $ cd /Volumes/Swap/.vm $ ls -l You should see something like this: -rw------- 1 someUser staff 67108864 18 Sep 12:02 swapfile0 13. Delete the old swapfiles: $ cd /private/var/vm $ sudo rm swapfile* 14. Profit! Note 1 Simply modifying the arguments to dynamic_pager in the plist does not always work, and when it fails, it does so in a spectacularly silent way. The problem stems from the fact that dynamic_pager is launched very early in the startup process. If your swap partition has not yet been mounted when dynamic_pager is first loaded (in my experience, this happens 99% of the time), then the system will fake its way through. It will create a symbolic link in your /Volumes directory which has the same name as your swap partition, but points back to the default swapfile location (/private/var/vm). Then, when your actual swap partition mounts, it will be given the name Swap 1 (or YourDriveName 1). You can see the problem by opening up Terminal and listing the contents of your /Volumes directory: $ cd /Volumes $ ls -l You will see something like this: drwxrwxrwx 11 yourUser staff 442 16 Sep 12:13 Swap -> private/var/vm drwxrwxrwx 14 yourUser staff 5 16 Sep 12:13 Swap 1 lrwxr-xr-x 1 root admin 1 17 Sep 12:01 System -> / Note that this failure can be very hard to spot. If you were to check for the swapfiles as I show in step 12, you would still see them! The symbolic link would make it seem as though your swapfiles had been moved, even though they were actually being stored in the default location. Note 2 I was originally unable to get this to work in Snow Leopard because com.apple.dynamic_pager.plist was stored in binary format. I made a copy of the original file and opened it with Apple's Property List Editor (available with Xcode) in order to make changes, but this process added some extended attributes to the plist file which caused the system to ignore it and just use the defaults. As dblu pointed out, using plutil to convert the file to plain XML works like a charm. Note 3 You can check the Console application to see any messages that dynamic_pager_init echos to the screen. If you see the following lines repeated over and over again, there is a problem with the setup. I ran into these messages because I forgot to create the '.vm' directory that I specified in dynamic_pager_init. com.apple.launchd[1] (com.apple.dynamic_pager[176]) Exited with exit code: 1 com.apple.launchd[1] (com.apple.dynamic_pager) Throttling respawn: Will start in 10 seconds When everything is working properly, you may see the above message a couple of times, but you should also see the following message, and then no more of the "Throttling respawn" messages afterwards. com.apple.dynamic_pager[???] Launching dynamic pager on volume Swap This means that the script did have to wait for the partition to load, but in the end it was successful.

    Read the article

  • cannot access localhost using ip

    - by Robert
    I have done a small web development project using eclipse. It runs well when I try running it on browser with url localhost:8080/myproject/home.html. But if I want to access it on another machine (laptop, mobile, etc. using the same wifi) it is not possible; it is not able to connect. After Googling for a while found out that I have to use the IP address instead of 'localhost'. So I tried 10.0.0.4:8080/myproject/home.html, but still does not work. In fact i am unable to open that url on the same machine (where localhost:8080/myproject/home.html works fine). I also added a new Inbound rule in control panel firewall settings, allowing access to all ports for protocol TCP. Still have problem in running application with the url 10.0.0.4:8080/myproject/home.html (both on same machine as well as laptop and mobile). FYI i am using Eclipse Indigo, Apache tomcat 6.0 and server.xml file contents is as below: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. --><!-- Note: A "Server" is not itself a "Container", so you may not define subcomponents such as "Valves" at this level. Documentation at /docs/config/server.html --><Server port="8005" shutdown="SHUTDOWN"> <!--APR library loader. Documentation at /docs/apr.html --> <Listener SSLEngine="on" className="org.apache.catalina.core.AprLifecycleListener"/> <!--Initialize Jasper prior to webapps are loaded. Documentation at /docs/jasper-howto.html --> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.core.JasperListener"/> <!-- Prevent memory leaks due to use of particular java/javax APIs--> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.core.JreMemoryLeakPreventionListener"/> <!-- JMX Support for the Tomcat server. Documentation at /docs/non-existent.html --> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.mbeans.ServerLifecycleListener"/> <Listener className="org.apache.catalina.mbeans.GlobalResourcesLifecycleListener"/> <!-- Global JNDI resources Documentation at /docs/jndi-resources-howto.html --> <GlobalNamingResources> <!-- Editable user database that can also be used by UserDatabaseRealm to authenticate users --> <Resource auth="Container" description="User database that can be updated and saved" factory="org.apache.catalina.users.MemoryUserDatabaseFactory" name="UserDatabase" pathname="conf/tomcat-users.xml" type="org.apache.catalina.UserDatabase"/> </GlobalNamingResources> <!-- A "Service" is a collection of one or more "Connectors" that share a single "Container" Note: A "Service" is not itself a "Container", so you may not define subcomponents such as "Valves" at this level. Documentation at /docs/config/service.html --> <Service name="Catalina"> <!--The connectors can use a shared executor, you can define one or more named thread pools--> <!-- <Executor name="tomcatThreadPool" namePrefix="catalina-exec-" maxThreads="150" minSpareThreads="4"/> --> <!-- A "Connector" represents an endpoint by which requests are received and responses are returned. Documentation at : Java HTTP Connector: /docs/config/http.html (blocking & non-blocking) Java AJP Connector: /docs/config/ajp.html APR (HTTP/AJP) Connector: /docs/apr.html Define a non-SSL HTTP/1.1 Connector on port 8080 --> <Connector port="8080" protocol="HTTP/1.1" address="10.0.0.4" connectionTimeout="20000" redirectPort="8443" /> <!-- A "Connector" using the shared thread pool--> <!-- <Connector executor="tomcatThreadPool" port="8080" protocol="HTTP/1.1" connectionTimeout="20000" redirectPort="8443" /> --> <!-- Define a SSL HTTP/1.1 Connector on port 8443 This connector uses the JSSE configuration, when using APR, the connector should be using the OpenSSL style configuration described in the APR documentation --> <!-- <Connector port="8443" protocol="HTTP/1.1" SSLEnabled="true" maxThreads="150" scheme="https" secure="true" clientAuth="false" sslProtocol="TLS" /> --> <!-- Define an AJP 1.3 Connector on port 8009 --> <Connector port="8009" protocol="AJP/1.3" redirectPort="8443"/> <!-- An Engine represents the entry point (within Catalina) that processes every request. The Engine implementation for Tomcat stand alone analyzes the HTTP headers included with the request, and passes them on to the appropriate Host (virtual host). Documentation at /docs/config/engine.html --> <!-- You should set jvmRoute to support load-balancing via AJP ie : <Engine name="Catalina" defaultHost="localhost" jvmRoute="jvm1"> --> <Engine defaultHost="localhost" name="Catalina"> <!--For clustering, please take a look at documentation at: /docs/cluster-howto.html (simple how to) /docs/config/cluster.html (reference documentation) --> <!-- <Cluster className="org.apache.catalina.ha.tcp.SimpleTcpCluster"/> --> <!-- The request dumper valve dumps useful debugging information about the request and response data received and sent by Tomcat. Documentation at: /docs/config/valve.html --> <!-- <Valve className="org.apache.catalina.valves.RequestDumperValve"/> --> <!-- This Realm uses the UserDatabase configured in the global JNDI resources under the key "UserDatabase". Any edits that are performed against this UserDatabase are immediately available for use by the Realm. --> <Realm className="org.apache.catalina.realm.UserDatabaseRealm" resourceName="UserDatabase"/> <!-- Define the default virtual host Note: XML Schema validation will not work with Xerces 2.2. --> <Host appBase="webapps" autoDeploy="true" name="localhost" unpackWARs="true" xmlNamespaceAware="false" xmlValidation="false"> <!-- SingleSignOn valve, share authentication between web applications Documentation at: /docs/config/valve.html --> <!-- <Valve className="org.apache.catalina.authenticator.SingleSignOn" /> --> <!-- Access log processes all example. Documentation at: /docs/config/valve.html --> <!-- <Valve className="org.apache.catalina.valves.AccessLogValve" directory="logs" prefix="localhost_access_log." suffix=".txt" pattern="common" resolveHosts="false"/> --> <Context docBase="myproject" path="/myproject" reloadable="true" source="org.eclipse.jst.jee.server:myproject"/></Host> </Engine> </Service> </Server>

    Read the article

  • "Can't Connect to Server" from 2nd virtual host on VPS

    - by chaoskreator
    I'm using Debian 7 Wheezy and Apache 2.2.22, and I'm setting up Virtual Hosts for a number of websites on my VPS. I've successfully configured the VirtualHost directives for one of the sites, but the second one continually gives "Problem Loading Page" in Firefox. I've run configtest and it has verified all my syntax is correct, and I've checked all the permissions. Everything on the 2nd domain is pretty much copy/pasted from the first, so I'm not sure what the issue is, as there are no entries into /var/log/apache2/error.log other than where I have reloaded the configurations: /# cat /var/log/apache2/error.log [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [notice] Graceful restart requested, doing restart [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] Init: Seeding PRNG with 656 bytes of entropy [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] Init: Generating temporary RSA private keys (512/1024 bits) [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] Init: Generating temporary DH parameters (512/1024 bits) [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(253): shmcb_init allocated 512000 bytes of shared memory [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(272): for 511920 bytes (512000 including header), recommending 32 subcaches, 133 indexes each [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(306): shmcb_init_memory choices follow [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(308): subcache_num = 32 [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(310): subcache_size = 15992 [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(312): subcache_data_offset = 3208 [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(314): subcache_data_size = 12784 [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] ssl_scache_shmcb.c(316): index_num = 133 [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] Shared memory session cache initialised [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] Init: Initializing (virtual) servers for SSL [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] mod_ssl/2.2.22 compiled against Server: Apache/2.2.22, Library: OpenSSL/1.0.1e [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [notice] Apache/2.2.22 (Debian) PHP/5.4.4-14+deb7u9 mod_ssl/2.2.22 OpenSSL/1.0.1e mod_perl/2.0.7 Perl/v5.14.2 configured -- resuming normal operations [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [info] Server built: Mar 4 2013 22:05:16 [Thu May 29 01:19:00 2014] [debug] prefork.c(1023): AcceptMutex: sysvsem (default: sysvsem) I've ensured to enable each vhost with a2ensite {sitename.conf} with no errors there, either. Below are the contents of the configuration files... /etc/apache2/apache2.conf # Global configuration # LockFile ${APACHE_LOCK_DIR}/accept.lock PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} Timeout 300 KeepAlive On MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 KeepAliveTimeout 5 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadLimit: ThreadsPerChild can be changed to this maximum value during a # graceful restart. ThreadLimit can only be changed by stopping # and starting Apache. # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # event MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_event_module> StartServers 2 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy all </Files> DefaultType None HostnameLookups Off ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log LogLevel debug # Include module configuration: Include mods-enabled/*.load Include mods-enabled/*.conf # Include list of ports to listen on and which to use for name based vhosts Include ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # # LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent <Directory "/var/www"> Order allow,deny Allow from all Require all granted </Directory> # Include generic snippets of statements Include conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include sites-enabled/*.conf NameVirtualHost *:80 /etc/apache2/sites-available/site1.net.conf <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName site1.net ServerAlias site1.net *.site1.net DocumentRoot "/var/www/site1" ErrorLog "/var/www/site1/logs/error.log" CustomLog "/var/www/site1/logs/access.log" vhost_combined <Directory "/var/www/site1"> Options None AllowOverride All Order allow,deny Allow from all Satisfy Any </Directory> </VirtualHost> /etc/apache2/sites-available/site2.com.conf <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName site2.com ServerAlias site2.com *.site2.com DocumentRoot "/var/www/site2" ErrorLog "/var/www/site2/logs/error.log" CustomLog "/var/www/site2/logs/access.log" vhost_combined <Directory "/var/www/site2"> Options None AllowOverride All Order allow,deny Allow from all Satisfy Any </Directory> </VirtualHost> I've also tried setting NameVirtualHost like: Listen 80 NameVirtualHost 23.88.121.82:80 NameVirtualHost 127.0.0.1:80 and the VirtualHost Directives: <VirtualHost 23.88.121.82:80> ... </VirtualHost> for both sites, but that causes the first site to fail, as well. I'm wondering if I need to set up individual IPs for each site, possibly? I have 2 more IPv4 and 3 IPv6 addresses available, if that would make a difference. Also, in the grand scheme of things, I will need to enable SSL for the first site. I've been reading that I'll need to basically just mimic the directives for listening on port 80, only on port 443, and make sure mod_ssl is enabled? EDIT: I just ran apache2 -t to test the config files that way, and got the error: apache2: bad user name ${APACHE_RUN_USER}. However, apachectl configtest returns Syntax OK. There are no other mentions of errors with the mutex anywhere else, however. I was pretty sure if there was an error with the user apache was supposed to run under, the server wouldn't start at all... EDIT 2: Restarting apache fixed the bad user name error.

    Read the article

  • Rails 2 and Ngnix: https pages can't load css or js (but will load graphics)

    - by Max Williams
    ADMISSION: i've posted this same question on stackoverflow, before realising it's probabaly better suited to superuser, but it kind of depends on the answer: If it turns out to be a problem in my nginx config, it's definitely superuser. If it turns out to be a problem in my Rails config (or code) then it's arguably stackoverflow. I'm adding some https pages to my rails site. In order to test it locally, i'm running my site under one mongrel_rails instance (on 3000) and nginx. I've managed to get my nginx config to the point where i can actually go to the https pages, and they load. Except, the javascript and css files all fail to load: looking in the Network tab in chrome web tools, i can see that it is trying to load them via an https url. Eg, one of the non-working file urls is https://cmw-local.co.uk/stylesheets/cmw-logged-out.css?1383759216 I have these set up (or at least think i do) in my nginx config to redirect to the http versions of the static files. This seems to be working for graphics, but not for css and js files. If i click on this in the Network tab, it takes me to the above url, which redirects to the http version. So, the redirect seems to be working in some sense, but not when they're loaded by an https page. Like i say, i thought i had this covered in the second try_files directive in my config below, but maybe not. Can anyone see what i'm doing wrong? thanks, Max Here's my nginx config - sorry it's a bit lengthy! I think the error is likely to be in the first (ssl) server block: server { listen 443 ssl; keepalive_timeout 70; ssl_certificate /home/max/work/charanga/elearn_container/elearn/config/nginx/certs/max-local-server.crt; ssl_certificate_key /home/max/work/charanga/elearn_container/elearn/config/nginx/certs/max-local-server.key; ssl_session_cache shared:SSL:10m; ssl_session_timeout 10m; ssl_protocols SSLv3 TLSv1; ssl_ciphers RC4:HIGH:!aNULL:!MD5; ssl_prefer_server_ciphers on; server_name elearning.dev cmw-dev.co.uk cmw-dev.com cmw-nginx.co.uk cmw-local.co.uk; root /home/max/work/charanga/elearn_container/elearn; # ensure that we serve css, js, other statics when requested # as SSL, but if the files don't exist (i.e. any non /basket controller) # then redirect to the non-https version location / { try_files $uri @non-ssl-redirect; } # securely serve everything under /basket (/basket/checkout etc) # we need general too, because of the email/username checking location ~ ^/(basket|general|cmw/account/check_username_availability) { # make sure cached copies are revalidated once they're stale add_header Cache-Control "public, must-revalidate, proxy-revalidate"; # this serves Rails static files that exist without running # other rewrite tests try_files $uri @rails-ssl; expires 1h; } location @non-ssl-redirect { return 301 http://$host$request_uri; } location @rails-ssl { proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; proxy_set_header Host $http_host; proxy_redirect off; proxy_read_timeout 180; proxy_next_upstream off; proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:3000; expires 0d; } } #upstream elrs { # server 127.0.0.1:3000; #} server { listen 80; server_name elearning.dev cmw-dev.co.uk cmw-dev.com cmw-nginx.co.uk cmw-local.co.uk; root /home/max/work/charanga/elearn_container/elearn; access_log /home/max/work/charanga/elearn_container/elearn/log/access.log; error_log /home/max/work/charanga/elearn_container/elearn/log/error.log debug; client_max_body_size 50M; index index.html index.htm; # gzip html, css & javascript, but don't gzip javascript for pre-SP2 MSIE6 (i.e. those *without* SV1 in their user-agent string) gzip on; gzip_http_version 1.1; gzip_vary on; gzip_comp_level 6; gzip_proxied any; gzip_types text/plain text/css application/json application/x-javascript text/xml application/xml application/xml+rss text/javascript; #text/html # make sure gzip does not lose large gzipped js or css files # see http://blog.leetsoft.com/2007/7/25/nginx-gzip-ssl gzip_buffers 16 8k; # Disable gzip for certain browsers. #gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6].(?!.*SV1)"; gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]"; # blank gif like it's 1995 location = /images/blank.gif { empty_gif; } # don't serve files beginning with dots location ~ /\. { access_log off; log_not_found off; deny all; } # we don't care if these are missing location = /robots.txt { log_not_found off; } location = /favicon.ico { log_not_found off; } location ~ affiliate.xml { log_not_found off; } location ~ copyright.xml { log_not_found off; } # convert urls with multiple slashes to a single / if ($request ~ /+ ) { rewrite ^(/)+(.*) /$2 break; } # X-Accel-Redirect # Don't tie up mongrels with serving the lesson zips or exes, let Nginx do it instead location /zips { internal; root /var/www/apps/e_learning_resource/shared/assets; } location /tmp { internal; root /; } location /mnt{ root /; } # resource library thumbnails should be served as usual location ~ ^/resource_library/.*/*thumbnail.jpg$ { if (!-f $request_filename) { rewrite ^(.*)$ /images/no-thumb.png break; } expires 1m; } # don't make Rails generate the dynamic routes to the dcr and swf, we'll do it here location ~ "lesson viewer.dcr" { rewrite ^(.*)$ "/assets/players/lesson viewer.dcr" break; } # we need this rule so we don't serve the older lessonviewer when the rule below is matched location = /assets/players/virgin_lesson_viewer/_cha5513/lessonViewer.swf { rewrite ^(.*)$ /assets/players/virgin_lesson_viewer/_cha5513/lessonViewer.swf break; } location ~ v6lessonViewer.swf { rewrite ^(.*)$ /assets/players/v6lessonViewer.swf break; } location ~ lessonViewer.swf { rewrite ^(.*)$ /assets/players/lessonViewer.swf break; } location ~ lgn111.dat { empty_gif; } # try to get autocomplete school names from memcache first, then # fallback to rails when we can't location /schools/autocomplete { set $memcached_key $uri?q=$arg_q; memcached_pass 127.0.0.1:11211; default_type text/html; error_page 404 =200 @rails; # 404 not really! Hand off to rails } location / { # make sure cached copies are revalidated once they're stale add_header Cache-Control "public, must-revalidate, proxy-revalidate"; # this serves Rails static files that exist without running other rewrite tests try_files $uri @rails; expires 1h; } location @rails { proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; proxy_set_header Host $http_host; proxy_redirect off; proxy_read_timeout 180; proxy_next_upstream off; proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:3000; expires 0d; } }

    Read the article

  • WMI/VBS/HTML System Information Script

    - by Methical
    Hey guys; havin' a problem with this code here; can't seem to work out whats goin' wrong with it. All other variables seem to print fine in the HTML ouput; but I get an error that relates to the cputype variable. I get the following error C:\Users\Methical\Desktop\sysinfo.vbs(235,1) Microsoft VBScript runtime error: Invalid procedure call or argument I think it has somethin' to do with this line here fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>CPU</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & cputype & "</i></td></tr>" If i delete this line; the script compiles and outputs with no errors. Here is the full code below Dim strComputer, objWMIService, propValue, objItem Dim strUserName, strPassword, colItems, SWBemlocator ' This section querries for the workstation to be scanned. UserName = "" Password = "" strComputer = "127.1.1.1" ImgDir = "C:\Scripts\images\" 'Sets up the connections and opjects to be used throughout the script. Set SWBemlocator = CreateObject("WbemScripting.SWbemLocator") Set objWMIService = SWBemlocator.ConnectServer(,"root\CIMV2",strUserName,strPassword) 'This determines the current date and time of the PC being scanned. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("SELECT * FROM Win32_LocalTime", "WQL", wbemFlagReturnImmediately + wbemFlagForwardOnly) For Each objItem in colItems If objItem.Minute < 10 Then theMinutes = "0" & objItem.Minute Else theMinutes = objItem.Minute End If If objItem.Second < 10 Then theSeconds = "0" & objItem.Second Else theSeconds = objItem.Second End If DateTime = objItem.Month & "/" & objItem.Day & "/" & objItem.Year & " - " & objItem.Hour & ":" & theMinutes & ":" & theSeconds Next 'Gets some ingomation about the Operating System including Service Pack level. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_OperatingSystem",,48) For Each objItem in colItems WKID = objItem.CSName WKOS = objItem.Caption CSD = objItem.CSDVersion Architecture = objItem.OSArchitecture SysDir = objItem.SystemDirectory SysDrive = objItem.SystemDrive WinDir = objItem.WindowsDirectory ServicePack = objItem.ServicePackMajorVersion & "." & objItem.ServicePackMinorVersion Next 'This section returns the Time Zone Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_TimeZone") For Each objItem in colItems Zone = objItem.Description Next 'This section displays the Shadow Storage information Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_ShadowStorage") For Each objItem in colItems Allocated = int((objItem.AllocatedSpace/1024)/1024+1) UsedSpace = int((objItem.UsedSpace/1024)/1024+1) MaxSpace = int((objItem.MaxSpace/1024)/1024+1) Next 'This section returns the InstallDate of the OS Set objSWbemDateTime = _ CreateObject("WbemScripting.SWbemDateTime") Set colOperatingSystems = _ objWMIService.ExecQuery _ ("Select * from Win32_OperatingSystem") For Each objOperatingSystem _ in colOperatingSystems objSWbemDateTime.Value = _ objOperatingSystem.InstallDate InstallDate = _ objSWbemDateTime.GetVarDate(False) Next 'This section returns the Video card and current resolution. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_DisplayConfiguration",,48) For Each objItem in colItems VideoCard = objItem.DeviceName Resolution = objItem.PelsWidth & " x " & objItem.PelsHeight & " x " & objItem.BitsPerPel & " bits" Next 'This section returns the Video card memory. Set objWMIService = GetObject("winmgmts:root\cimv2") Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery ("Select * from Win32_VideoController") For Each objItem in colItems VideoMemory = objItem.AdapterRAM/1024/1024 Next 'This returns various system information including current logged on user, domain, memory, manufacture and model. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_ComputerSystem",,48) For Each objItem in colItems UserName = objItem.UserName Domain = objItem.Domain TotalMemory = int((objItem.TotalPhysicalMemory/1024)/1024+1) Manufacturer = objItem.Manufacturer Model = objItem.Model SysType = objItem.SystemType Next 'This determines the total hard drive space and free hard drive space. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_LogicalDisk Where Name='C:'",,48) For Each objItem in colItems FreeHDSpace = Fix(((objItem.FreeSpace/1024)/1024)/1024) TotalHDSpace = Fix(((objItem.Size/1024)/1024)/1024) Next 'This section returns the default printer and printer port. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("SELECT * FROM Win32_Printer where Default=True", "WQL", wbemFlagReturnImmediately + wbemFlagForwardOnly) For Each objItem in colItems Printer = objItem.Name PortName = objItem.PortName Next 'This returns the CPU information. Set colItems = objWMIService.ExecQuery("SELECT * FROM Win32_Processor", "WQL", wbemFlagReturnImmediately + wbemFlagForwardOnly) For Each objItem in colItems CPUDesc = LTrim(objItem.Name) Next '// CPU Info For each objCPU in GetObject("winmgmts:{impersonationLevel=impersonate}\\" & strComputer & "\root\cimv2").InstancesOf("Win32_Processor") Select Case objCPU.Family Case 2 cputype = "Unknown" Case 11 cputype = "Pentium brand" Case 12 cputype = "Pentium Pro" Case 13 cputype = "Pentium II" Case 14 cputype = "Pentium processor with MMX technology" Case 15 cputype = "Celeron " Case 16 cputype = "Pentium II Xeon" Case 17 cputype = "Pentium III" Case 28 cputype = "AMD Athlon Processor Family" Case 29 cputype = "AMD Duron Processor" Case 30 cputype = "AMD2900 Family" Case 31 cputype = "K6-2+" Case 130 cputype = "Itanium Processor" Case 176 cputype = "Pentium III Xeon" Case 177 cputype = "Pentium III Processor with Intel SpeedStep Technology" Case 178 cputype = "Pentium 4" Case 179 cputype = "Intel Xeon" Case 181 cputype = "Intel Xeon processor MP" Case 182 cputype = "AMD AthlonXP Family" Case 183 cputype = "AMD AthlonMP Family" Case 184 cputype = "Intel Itanium 2" Case 185 cputype = "AMD Opteron? Family" End Select Next 'This returns the current uptime (time since last reboot) of the system. Set colOperatingSystems = objWMIService.ExecQuery ("Select * from Win32_OperatingSystem") For Each objOS in colOperatingSystems dtmBootup = objOS.LastBootUpTime dtmLastBootupTime = WMIDateStringToDate(dtmBootup) dtmSystemUptime = DateDiff("h", dtmLastBootUpTime, Now) Uptime = dtmSystemUptime Next Function WMIDateStringToDate(dtmBootup) WMIDateStringToDate = CDate(Mid(dtmBootup, 5, 2) & "/" & Mid(dtmBootup, 7, 2) & "/" & Left(dtmBootup, 4) & " " & Mid (dtmBootup, 9, 2) & ":" & Mid(dtmBootup, 11, 2) & ":" & Mid(dtmBootup,13, 2)) End Function dim objFSO Set objFSO = CreateObject("Scripting.FileSystemObject") ' -- The heart of the create file script ----------------------- ' -- Creates the file using the value of strFile on Line 11 ' -------------------------------------------------------------- Set fileOutput = objFSO.CreateTextFile( "x.html", true ) 'Set fileOutput = objExplorer.Document 'This is the code for the web page to be displayed. fileOutput.WriteLine "<html>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <head>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <title>System Information for '" & WKID & "' </title>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </head>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <body bgcolor='#FFFFFF' text='#000000' link='#0000FF' vlink='000099' alink='#00FF00'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <center>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <h1>System Information for " & WKID & "</h1>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <table border='0' cellspacing='1' cellpadding='1' width='95%'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr><td background='" & ImgDir & "blue_spacer.gif'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <table border='0' cellspacing='0' cellpadding='0' width='100%'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr><td>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <table border='0' cellspacing='0' cellpadding='0' width='100%'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <td width='5%' align='left' valign='middle' background='" & ImgDir & "blue_spacer.gif'><img src='" & ImgDir & "write.gif'></td>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <td width='95%' align='left' valign='middle' background='" & ImgDir & "blue_spacer.gif'> <font color='#FFFFFF' size='5'>WKInfo - </font><font color='#FFFFFF' size='3'>General information on the Workstation.</font></td>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr><td colspan='2' bgcolor='#FFFFFF'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TABLE width='100%' cellspacing='0' cellpadding='2' border='1' bordercolor='#c0c0c0' bordercolordark='#ffffff' bordercolorlight='#c0c0c0'>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><h3>Date and Time</h3></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Date/Time</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & DateTime & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>System Uptime</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Uptime & " hours</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Time Zone</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Zone & " </i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><h3>General Computer Information</h3></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Manufacturer</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Manufacturer & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Model</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Model & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>System Based</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & SysType & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Operating System</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & WKOS & " " & CSD & " " & Architecture & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Operating System Install Date</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & InstallDate & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>UserName</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & UserName & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Workstation Name</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & WKID & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Domain</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Domain & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>System Drive</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & SysDrive & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>System Directory</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & SysDir & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Windows Directory</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & WinDir & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>ShadowStorage Allocated Space</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Allocated & " MB</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>ShadowStorage Used Space</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & UsedSpace & " MB</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>ShadowStorage Max Space</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & MaxSpace & " MB</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><h3>General Hardware Information</h3></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>CPU</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & cputype & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Memory</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & TotalMemory & " MB</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Total HDD Space</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & TotalHDSpace & " GB</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Free HDD Space</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & FreeHDSpace & " GB</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><h3>General Video Card Information</h3></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Video Card</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & VideoCard & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Resolution</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & Resolution & "</i></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='30%' align='left' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'>Memory</TD><td width='70%' bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=left><i>" & VideoMemory & " MB</i></td></tr>" 'This section lists all the current services and their status. fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><h3>Current Service Information</h3></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr><td colspan='2' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TABLE width='100%' cellspacing='0' cellpadding='2' border='1' bordercolor='#c0c0c0' bordercolordark='#ffffff' bordercolorlight='#c0c0c0'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='70%' align='center' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Service Name</b></td><TD width='30%' align='center' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Service State</b></td><tr>" Set colRunningServices = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_Service") For Each objService in colRunningServices fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='left' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" & objService.DisplayName & "</TD><td bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=center><i>" & objService.State & "</i></td></tr>" wscript.echo " <TR><TD align='left' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" & objService.DisplayName & "</TD><td bgcolor=#f0f0f0 align=center><i>" & objService.State & "</i></td></tr>" Next fileOutput.WriteLine " </table>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </td></tr>" 'This section lists all the current running processes and some information. fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><h3>Current Process Information</h3></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr><td colspan='2' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TABLE width='100%' cellspacing='0' cellpadding='2' border='1' bordercolor='#c0c0c0' bordercolordark='#ffffff' bordercolorlight='#c0c0c0'>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD width='10%' align='center' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>PID</b></td><TD width='35%' align='center' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Process Name</b></td><TD width='40%' align='center' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Owner</b></td><TD width='15%' align='center' bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Memory</b></td></tr>" Set colProcessList = objWMIService.ExecQuery("Select * from Win32_Process") For Each objProcess in colProcessList colProperties = objProcess.GetOwner(strNameOfUser,strUserDomain) fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" & objProcess.Handle & "</td><TD align='center' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" & objProcess.Name & "</td><TD align='center' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" & strUserDomain & "\" & strNameOfUser & "</td><TD align='center' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" & objProcess.WorkingSetSize/1024 & " kb</td><tr>" Next fileOutput.WriteLine " </table>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </td></tr>" 'This section lists all the currently installed software on the machine. fileOutput.WriteLine " <TR><TD align='center' bgcolor='#d0d0d0' colspan='2'><b><i>Installed Software</i></b></TD></TR>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <tr><td colspan='2' bgcolor='#f0f0f0'>" Set colSoftware = objWMIService.ExecQuery ("Select * from Win32_Product") For Each objSoftware in colSoftware fileOutput.WriteLine" <TABLE width='100%' cellspacing='0' cellpadding='2' border='1' bordercolor='#c0c0c0' bordercolordark='#ffffff' bordercolorlight='#c0c0c0'>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr><td width=30% align=center bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Name</b></td><td width=30% align=center bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Vendor</b></td><td width=30% align=center bgcolor='#e0e0e0'><b>Version</b></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr><td align=center bgcolor=#f0f0f0>" & objSoftware.Name & "</td><td align=center bgcolor=#f0f0f0>" & objSoftware.Vendor & "</td><td align=center bgcolor=#f0f0f0>" & objSoftware.Version & "</td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine" <tr height=2><td height=10 align=center bgcolor=midnightblue colspan=3></td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine" </table>" Next fileOutput.WriteLine " </td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </table>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </table>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </table>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </td></tr>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </table>" fileOutput.WriteLine " <p><small></small></p>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </center>" fileOutput.WriteLine " </body>" fileOutput.WriteLine "<html>" fileOutput.close WScript.Quit

    Read the article

  • Why my application ask for a codec to pla the MVI(.MOV) video files while i can play them on WMP and QuickTime?

    - by Daniel Lip
    I have an application i did some time ago when im loading the video file its ok when trying to play/use the file im getting the messageBox message say that its need a codec to use gspot or search the internet. Wehn im playing this files on my hard disk with Windows Media Play or either QuickTime there is no problems. The Video files for example name are: MVI_2483 in the file name properties i see its type: Quick Time Movie (.MOV) In my application im using DirectShowLib-2005.dll this is the class im using in my case to extract the video file im using it in my application to extract only lightnings from the video file name. In Form1 i have a button click event that just starting the action: private void button8_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { viewToolStripMenuItem.Enabled = false; fileToolStripMenuItem.Enabled = false; button2.Enabled = false; label14.Visible = false; label15.Visible = false; label21.Visible = false; label22.Visible = false; label24.Visible = false; label25.Visible = false; ExtractAutomatic = true; DirectoryInfo info = new DirectoryInfo(_videoFile); string dirName = info.Name; automaticModeDirectory = dirName + "_Automatic"; subDirectoryName = _outputDir + "\\" + automaticModeDirectory; if (secondPass == true) { Start(true); } Start(false); } This is the function start in Form1: private void Start(bool secondpass) { setpicture(-1); if (Directory.Exists(_outputDir) && secondpass == false) { } else { Directory.CreateDirectory(_outputDir); } if (ExtractAutomatic == true) { string subDirectory_Automatic_Name = _outputDir + "\\" + automaticModeDirectory; Directory.CreateDirectory(subDirectory_Automatic_Name); f = new WmvAdapter(_videoFile, Path.Combine(subDirectory_Automatic_Name)); } else { string subDirectory_Manual_Name; if (Directory.Exists(subDirectoryName)) { subDirectory_Manual_Name = subDirectoryName; f = new WmvAdapter(_videoFile, Path.Combine(subDirectory_Manual_Name)); } else { subDirectory_Manual_Name = _outputDir + "\\" + averagesListTextFileDirectory + "_Manual"; Directory.CreateDirectory(subDirectory_Manual_Name); f = new WmvAdapter(_videoFile, Path.Combine(subDirectory_Manual_Name)); } } button1.Enabled = false; f.Secondpass = secondpass; f.FramesToSave = _fts; f.FrameCountAvailable += new WmvAdapter.FrameCountEventHandler(f_FrameCountAvailable); f.StatusChanged += new WmvAdapter.EventHandler(f_StatusChanged); f.ProgressChanged += new WmvAdapter.ProgressEventHandler(f_ProgressChanged); this.Text = "Processing Please Wait..."; label5.ForeColor = Color.Green; label5.Text = "Processing Please Wait"; button8.Enabled = false; button5.Enabled = false; label5.Visible = true; pictureBox1.Image = Lightnings_Extractor.Properties.Resources.Weather_Michmoret; Hrs = 0; //number of hours Min = 0; //number of Minutes Sec = 0; //number of Sec timeElapsed = 0; label10.Text = "00:00:00"; label11.Visible = false; label12.Visible = false; label9.Visible = false; label8.Visible = false; this.button1.Enabled = false; myTrackPanelss1.trackBar1.Enabled = false; this.checkBox2.Enabled = false; this.checkBox1.Enabled = false; numericUpDown1.Enabled = false; timer1.Start(); label2.Text = ""; label1.Visible = true; label2.Visible = true; label3.Visible = true; label4.Visible = true; f.Start(); } And this is the class wich is not my oqn class i just just defined it in some places wich making the problem: using System; using System.Diagnostics; using System.Drawing; using System.Drawing.Imaging; using System.IO; using System.Runtime.InteropServices; using DirectShowLib; using System.Collections.Generic; using Extracting_Frames; using System.Windows.Forms; namespace Polkan.DataSource { internal class WmvAdapter : ISampleGrabberCB, IDisposable { #region Fields_Properties_and_Events bool dis = false; int count = 0; const string fileName = @"d:\histogramValues.dat"; private IFilterGraph2 _filterGraph; private IMediaControl _mediaCtrl; private IMediaEvent _mediaEvent; private int _width; private int _height; private readonly string _outFolder; private int _frameId; //better use a custom EventHandler that passes the results of the action to the subscriber. public delegate void EventHandler(object sender, EventArgs e); public event EventHandler StatusChanged; public delegate void FrameCountEventHandler(object sender, FrameCountEventArgs e); public event FrameCountEventHandler FrameCountAvailable; public delegate void ProgressEventHandler(object sender, ProgressEventArgs e); public event ProgressEventHandler ProgressChanged; private IMediaSeeking _mSeek; private long _duration = 0; private long _avgFrameTime = 0; //just save the averages to a List (not to fs) public List<double> AveragesList { get; set; } public List<long> histogramValuesList; public bool Secondpass { get; set; } public List<int> FramesToSave { get; set; } #endregion #region Constructors and Destructors public WmvAdapter(string file, string outFolder) { _outFolder = outFolder; try { SetupGraph(file); } catch { Dispose(); MessageBox.Show("A codec is required to load this video file. Please use http://www.headbands.com/gspot/ or search the web for the correct codec"); } } ~WmvAdapter() { CloseInterfaces(); } #endregion public void Dispose() { CloseInterfaces(); } public void Start() { EstimateFrameCount(); int hr = _mediaCtrl.Run(); WaitUntilDone(); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); } public void WaitUntilDone() { int hr; const int eAbort = unchecked((int)0x80004004); do { System.Windows.Forms.Application.DoEvents(); EventCode evCode; if (dis == true) { return; } hr = _mediaEvent.WaitForCompletion(100, out evCode); }while (hr == eAbort); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); OnStatusChanged(); } //Edit: added events protected virtual void OnStatusChanged() { if (StatusChanged != null) StatusChanged(this, new EventArgs()); } protected virtual void OnFrameCountAvailable(long frameCount) { if (FrameCountAvailable != null) FrameCountAvailable(this, new FrameCountEventArgs() { FrameCount = frameCount }); } protected virtual void OnProgressChanged(int frameID) { if (ProgressChanged != null) ProgressChanged(this, new ProgressEventArgs() { FrameID = frameID }); } /// <summary> build the capture graph for grabber. </summary> private void SetupGraph(string file) { ISampleGrabber sampGrabber = null; IBaseFilter capFilter = null; IBaseFilter nullrenderer = null; _filterGraph = (IFilterGraph2)new FilterGraph(); _mediaCtrl = (IMediaControl)_filterGraph; _mediaEvent = (IMediaEvent)_filterGraph; _mSeek = (IMediaSeeking)_filterGraph; var mediaFilt = (IMediaFilter)_filterGraph; try { // Add the video source int hr = _filterGraph.AddSourceFilter(file, "Ds.NET FileFilter", out capFilter); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Get the SampleGrabber interface sampGrabber = new SampleGrabber() as ISampleGrabber; var baseGrabFlt = sampGrabber as IBaseFilter; ConfigureSampleGrabber(sampGrabber); // Add the frame grabber to the graph hr = _filterGraph.AddFilter(baseGrabFlt, "Ds.NET Grabber"); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // --------------------------------- // Connect the file filter to the sample grabber // Hopefully this will be the video pin, we could check by reading it's mediatype IPin iPinOut = DsFindPin.ByDirection(capFilter, PinDirection.Output, 0); // Get the input pin from the sample grabber IPin iPinIn = DsFindPin.ByDirection(baseGrabFlt, PinDirection.Input, 0); hr = _filterGraph.Connect(iPinOut, iPinIn); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Add the null renderer to the graph nullrenderer = new NullRenderer() as IBaseFilter; hr = _filterGraph.AddFilter(nullrenderer, "Null renderer"); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // --------------------------------- // Connect the sample grabber to the null renderer iPinOut = DsFindPin.ByDirection(baseGrabFlt, PinDirection.Output, 0); iPinIn = DsFindPin.ByDirection(nullrenderer, PinDirection.Input, 0); hr = _filterGraph.Connect(iPinOut, iPinIn); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Turn off the clock. This causes the frames to be sent // thru the graph as fast as possible hr = mediaFilt.SetSyncSource(null); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); // Read and cache the image sizes SaveSizeInfo(sampGrabber); //Edit: get the duration hr = _mSeek.GetDuration(out _duration); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); } finally { if (capFilter != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(capFilter); } if (sampGrabber != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(sampGrabber); } if (nullrenderer != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(nullrenderer); } GC.Collect(); } } private void EstimateFrameCount() { try { //1sec / averageFrameTime double fr = 10000000.0 / _avgFrameTime; double frameCount = fr * (_duration / 10000000.0); OnFrameCountAvailable((long)frameCount); } catch { } } public double framesCounts() { double fr = 10000000.0 / _avgFrameTime; double frameCount = fr * (_duration / 10000000.0); return frameCount; } private void SaveSizeInfo(ISampleGrabber sampGrabber) { // Get the media type from the SampleGrabber var media = new AMMediaType(); int hr = sampGrabber.GetConnectedMediaType(media); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); if ((media.formatType != FormatType.VideoInfo) || (media.formatPtr == IntPtr.Zero)) { throw new NotSupportedException("Unknown Grabber Media Format"); } // Grab the size info var videoInfoHeader = (VideoInfoHeader)Marshal.PtrToStructure(media.formatPtr, typeof(VideoInfoHeader)); _width = videoInfoHeader.BmiHeader.Width; _height = videoInfoHeader.BmiHeader.Height; //Edit: get framerate _avgFrameTime = videoInfoHeader.AvgTimePerFrame; DsUtils.FreeAMMediaType(media); GC.Collect(); } private void ConfigureSampleGrabber(ISampleGrabber sampGrabber) { var media = new AMMediaType { majorType = MediaType.Video, subType = MediaSubType.RGB24, formatType = FormatType.VideoInfo }; int hr = sampGrabber.SetMediaType(media); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); DsUtils.FreeAMMediaType(media); GC.Collect(); hr = sampGrabber.SetCallback(this, 1); DsError.ThrowExceptionForHR(hr); } private void CloseInterfaces() { try { if (_mediaCtrl != null) { _mediaCtrl.Stop(); _mediaCtrl = null; dis = true; } } catch (Exception ex) { Debug.WriteLine(ex); } if (_filterGraph != null) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(_filterGraph); _filterGraph = null; } GC.Collect(); } int ISampleGrabberCB.SampleCB(double sampleTime, IMediaSample pSample) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(pSample); return 0; } int ISampleGrabberCB.BufferCB(double sampleTime, IntPtr pBuffer, int bufferLen) { if (Form1.ExtractAutomatic == true) { using (var bitmap = new Bitmap(_width, _height, _width * 3, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb, pBuffer)) { if (!this.Secondpass) { long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); long t = Form1.GetTopLumAmount(HistogramValues, 1000); Form1.averagesTest.Add(t); } else { //this is the changed part if (_frameId > 0) { if (Form1.averagesTest[_frameId] / 1000.0 - Form1.averagesTest[_frameId - 1] / 1000.0 > 150.0) { count = 6; } if (count > 0) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); count --; } } } _frameId++; //let only report each 100 frames for performance if (_frameId % 100 == 0) OnProgressChanged(_frameId); } } else { using (var bitmap = new Bitmap(_width, _height, _width * 3, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb, pBuffer)) { if (!this.Secondpass) { //get avg double average = GetAveragePixelValue(bitmap); if (AveragesList == null) AveragesList = new List<double>(); //save avg AveragesList.Add(average); //***************************\\ // for (int i = 0; i < (int)framesCounts(); i++) // { // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); //***************************\\ //} } else { if (FramesToSave != null && FramesToSave.Contains(_frameId)) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); using (BinaryWriter binWriter = new BinaryWriter(File.Open(fileName, FileMode.Create))) { for (int i = 0; i < histogramValuesList.Count; i++) { binWriter.Write(histogramValuesList[(int)i]); } binWriter.Close(); } } } _frameId++; //let only report each 100 frames for performance if (_frameId % 100 == 0) OnProgressChanged(_frameId); } } return 0; } /* int ISampleGrabberCB.SampleCB(double sampleTime, IMediaSample pSample) { Marshal.ReleaseComObject(pSample); return 0; } int ISampleGrabberCB.BufferCB(double sampleTime, IntPtr pBuffer, int bufferLen) { using (var bitmap = new Bitmap(_width, _height, _width * 3, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb, pBuffer)) { if (!this.Secondpass) { //get avg double average = GetAveragePixelValue(bitmap); if (AveragesList == null) AveragesList = new List<double>(); //save avg AveragesList.Add(average); //***************************\\ // for (int i = 0; i < (int)framesCounts(); i++) // { // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); long t = Form1.GetTopLumAmount(HistogramValues, 1000); //***************************\\ Form1.averagesTest.Add(t); // to add this list to a text file or binary file and read the averages from the file when its is Secondpass !!!!! //} } else { if (FramesToSave != null && FramesToSave.Contains(_frameId)) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); // get histogram values long[] HistogramValues = Form1.GetHistogram(bitmap); if (histogramValuesList == null) histogramValuesList = new List<long>(256); histogramValuesList.AddRange(HistogramValues); using (BinaryWriter binWriter = new BinaryWriter(File.Open(fileName, FileMode.Create))) { for (int i = 0; i < histogramValuesList.Count; i++) { binWriter.Write(histogramValuesList[(int)i]); } binWriter.Close(); } } for (int x = 1; x < Form1.averagesTest.Count; x++) { double fff = Form1.averagesTest[x] / 1000.0 - Form1.averagesTest[x - 1] / 1000.0; if (Form1.averagesTest[x] / 1000.0 - Form1.averagesTest[x - 1] / 1000.0 > 180.0) { bitmap.RotateFlip(RotateFlipType.Rotate180FlipX); bitmap.Save(Path.Combine(_outFolder, _frameId.ToString("D6") + ".bmp")); _frameId++; } } } _frameId++; //let only report each 100 frames for performance if (_frameId % 100 == 0) OnProgressChanged(_frameId); } return 0; }*/ private unsafe double GetAveragePixelValue(Bitmap bmp) { BitmapData bmData = null; try { bmData = bmp.LockBits(new Rectangle(0, 0, bmp.Width, bmp.Height), ImageLockMode.ReadOnly, PixelFormat.Format24bppRgb); int stride = bmData.Stride; IntPtr scan0 = bmData.Scan0; int w = bmData.Width; int h = bmData.Height; double sum = 0; long pixels = bmp.Width * bmp.Height; byte* p = (byte*)scan0.ToPointer(); for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) { p = (byte*)scan0.ToPointer(); p += y * stride; for (int x = 0; x < w; x++) { double i = ((double)p[0] + p[1] + p[2]) / 3.0; sum += i; p += 3; } //no offset incrementation needed when getting //the pointer at the start of each row } bmp.UnlockBits(bmData); double result = sum / (double)pixels; return result; } catch { try { bmp.UnlockBits(bmData); } catch { } } return -1; } } public class FrameCountEventArgs { public long FrameCount { get; set; } } public class ProgressEventArgs { public int FrameID { get; set; } } } I remember i had this codec problem/s before and i installed the codec/'s that were needed but in this case both quick time and windows media player can play the video files so why the application cant detect and find the codec/'s on my computer ? Gspot say that the codec is AVC1 but again wmp and quicktime play the video files no problems. The video files are from my digital camera !

    Read the article

  • West Wind WebSurge - an easy way to Load Test Web Applications

    - by Rick Strahl
    A few months ago on a project the subject of load testing came up. We were having some serious issues with a Web application that would start spewing SQL lock errors under somewhat heavy load. These sort of errors can be tough to catch, precisely because they only occur under load and not during typical development testing. To replicate this error more reliably we needed to put a load on the application and run it for a while before these SQL errors would flare up. It’s been a while since I’d looked at load testing tools, so I spent a bit of time looking at different tools and frankly didn’t really find anything that was a good fit. A lot of tools were either a pain to use, didn’t have the basic features I needed, or are extravagantly expensive. In  the end I got frustrated enough to build an initially small custom load test solution that then morphed into a more generic library, then gained a console front end and eventually turned into a full blown Web load testing tool that is now called West Wind WebSurge. I got seriously frustrated looking for tools every time I needed some quick and dirty load testing for an application. If my aim is to just put an application under heavy enough load to find a scalability problem in code, or to simply try and push an application to its limits on the hardware it’s running I shouldn’t have to have to struggle to set up tests. It should be easy enough to get going in a few minutes, so that the testing can be set up quickly so that it can be done on a regular basis without a lot of hassle. And that was the goal when I started to build out my initial custom load tester into a more widely usable tool. If you’re in a hurry and you want to check it out, you can find more information and download links here: West Wind WebSurge Product Page Walk through Video Download link (zip) Install from Chocolatey Source on GitHub For a more detailed discussion of the why’s and how’s and some background continue reading. How did I get here? When I started out on this path, I wasn’t planning on building a tool like this myself – but I got frustrated enough looking at what’s out there to think that I can do better than what’s available for the most common simple load testing scenarios. When we ran into the SQL lock problems I mentioned, I started looking around what’s available for Web load testing solutions that would work for our whole team which consisted of a few developers and a couple of IT guys both of which needed to be able to run the tests. It had been a while since I looked at tools and I figured that by now there should be some good solutions out there, but as it turns out I didn’t really find anything that fit our relatively simple needs without costing an arm and a leg… I spent the better part of a day installing and trying various load testing tools and to be frank most of them were either terrible at what they do, incredibly unfriendly to use, used some terminology I couldn’t even parse, or were extremely expensive (and I mean in the ‘sell your liver’ range of expensive). Pick your poison. There are also a number of online solutions for load testing and they actually looked more promising, but those wouldn’t work well for our scenario as the application is running inside of a private VPN with no outside access into the VPN. Most of those online solutions also ended up being very pricey as well – presumably because of the bandwidth required to test over the open Web can be enormous. When I asked around on Twitter what people were using– I got mostly… crickets. Several people mentioned Visual Studio Load Test, and most other suggestions pointed to online solutions. I did get a bunch of responses though with people asking to let them know what I found – apparently I’m not alone when it comes to finding load testing tools that are effective and easy to use. As to Visual Studio, the higher end skus of Visual Studio and the test edition include a Web load testing tool, which is quite powerful, but there are a number of issues with that: First it’s tied to Visual Studio so it’s not very portable – you need a VS install. I also find the test setup and terminology used by the VS test runner extremely confusing. Heck, it’s complicated enough that there’s even a Pluralsight course on using the Visual Studio Web test from Steve Smith. And of course you need to have one of the high end Visual Studio Skus, and those are mucho Dinero ($$$) – just for the load testing that’s rarely an option. Some of the tools are ultra extensive and let you run analysis tools on the target serves which is useful, but in most cases – just plain overkill and only distracts from what I tend to be ultimately interested in: Reproducing problems that occur at high load, and finding the upper limits and ‘what if’ scenarios as load is ramped up increasingly against a site. Yes it’s useful to have Web app instrumentation, but often that’s not what you’re interested in. I still fondly remember early days of Web testing when Microsoft had the WAST (Web Application Stress Tool) tool, which was rather simple – and also somewhat limited – but easily allowed you to create stress tests very quickly. It had some serious limitations (mainly that it didn’t work with SSL),  but the idea behind it was excellent: Create tests quickly and easily and provide a decent engine to run it locally with minimal setup. You could get set up and run tests within a few minutes. Unfortunately, that tool died a quiet death as so many of Microsoft’s tools that probably were built by an intern and then abandoned, even though there was a lot of potential and it was actually fairly widely used. Eventually the tools was no longer downloadable and now it simply doesn’t work anymore on higher end hardware. West Wind Web Surge – Making Load Testing Quick and Easy So I ended up creating West Wind WebSurge out of rebellious frustration… The goal of WebSurge is to make it drop dead simple to create load tests. It’s super easy to capture sessions either using the built in capture tool (big props to Eric Lawrence, Telerik and FiddlerCore which made that piece a snap), using the full version of Fiddler and exporting sessions, or by manually or programmatically creating text files based on plain HTTP headers to create requests. I’ve been using this tool for 4 months now on a regular basis on various projects as a reality check for performance and scalability and it’s worked extremely well for finding small performance issues. I also use it regularly as a simple URL tester, as it allows me to quickly enter a URL plus headers and content and test that URL and its results along with the ability to easily save one or more of those URLs. A few weeks back I made a walk through video that goes over most of the features of WebSurge in some detail: Note that the UI has slightly changed since then, so there are some UI improvements. Most notably the test results screen has been updated recently to a different layout and to provide more information about each URL in a session at a glance. The video and the main WebSurge site has a lot of info of basic operations. For the rest of this post I’ll talk about a few deeper aspects that may be of interest while also giving a glance at how WebSurge works. Session Capturing As you would expect, WebSurge works with Sessions of Urls that are played back under load. Here’s what the main Session View looks like: You can create session entries manually by individually adding URLs to test (on the Request tab on the right) and saving them, or you can capture output from Web Browsers, Windows Desktop applications that call services, your own applications using the built in Capture tool. With this tool you can capture anything HTTP -SSL requests and content from Web pages, AJAX calls, SOAP or REST services – again anything that uses Windows or .NET HTTP APIs. Behind the scenes the capture tool uses FiddlerCore so basically anything you can capture with Fiddler you can also capture with Web Surge Session capture tool. Alternately you can actually use Fiddler as well, and then export the captured Fiddler trace to a file, which can then be imported into WebSurge. This is a nice way to let somebody capture session without having to actually install WebSurge or for your customers to provide an exact playback scenario for a given set of URLs that cause a problem perhaps. Note that not all applications work with Fiddler’s proxy unless you configure a proxy. For example, .NET Web applications that make HTTP calls usually don’t show up in Fiddler by default. For those .NET applications you can explicitly override proxy settings to capture those requests to service calls. The capture tool also has handy optional filters that allow you to filter by domain, to help block out noise that you typically don’t want to include in your requests. For example, if your pages include links to CDNs, or Google Analytics or social links you typically don’t want to include those in your load test, so by capturing just from a specific domain you are guaranteed content from only that one domain. Additionally you can provide url filters in the configuration file – filters allow to provide filter strings that if contained in a url will cause requests to be ignored. Again this is useful if you don’t filter by domain but you want to filter out things like static image, css and script files etc. Often you’re not interested in the load characteristics of these static and usually cached resources as they just add noise to tests and often skew the overall url performance results. In my testing I tend to care only about my dynamic requests. SSL Captures require Fiddler Note, that in order to capture SSL requests you’ll have to install the Fiddler’s SSL certificate. The easiest way to do this is to install Fiddler and use its SSL configuration options to get the certificate into the local certificate store. There’s a document on the Telerik site that provides the exact steps to get SSL captures to work with Fiddler and therefore with WebSurge. Session Storage A group of URLs entered or captured make up a Session. Sessions can be saved and restored easily as they use a very simple text format that simply stored on disk. The format is slightly customized HTTP header traces separated by a separator line. The headers are standard HTTP headers except that the full URL instead of just the domain relative path is stored as part of the 1st HTTP header line for easier parsing. Because it’s just text and uses the same format that Fiddler uses for exports, it’s super easy to create Sessions by hand manually or under program control writing out to a simple text file. You can see what this format looks like in the Capture window figure above – the raw captured format is also what’s stored to disk and what WebSurge parses from. The only ‘custom’ part of these headers is that 1st line contains the full URL instead of the domain relative path and Host: header. The rest of each header are just plain standard HTTP headers with each individual URL isolated by a separator line. The format used here also uses what Fiddler produces for exports, so it’s easy to exchange or view data either in Fiddler or WebSurge. Urls can also be edited interactively so you can modify the headers easily as well: Again – it’s just plain HTTP headers so anything you can do with HTTP can be added here. Use it for single URL Testing Incidentally I’ve also found this form as an excellent way to test and replay individual URLs for simple non-load testing purposes. Because you can capture a single or many URLs and store them on disk, this also provides a nice HTTP playground where you can record URLs with their headers, and fire them one at a time or as a session and see results immediately. It’s actually an easy way for REST presentations and I find the simple UI flow actually easier than using Fiddler natively. Finally you can save one or more URLs as a session for later retrieval. I’m using this more and more for simple URL checks. Overriding Cookies and Domains Speaking of HTTP headers – you can also overwrite cookies used as part of the options. One thing that happens with modern Web applications is that you have session cookies in use for authorization. These cookies tend to expire at some point which would invalidate a test. Using the Options dialog you can actually override the cookie: which replaces the cookie for all requests with the cookie value specified here. You can capture a valid cookie from a manual HTTP request in your browser and then paste into the cookie field, to replace the existing Cookie with the new one that is now valid. Likewise you can easily replace the domain so if you captured urls on west-wind.com and now you want to test on localhost you can do that easily easily as well. You could even do something like capture on store.west-wind.com and then test on localhost/store which would also work. Running Load Tests Once you’ve created a Session you can specify the length of the test in seconds, and specify the number of simultaneous threads to run each session on. Sessions run through each of the URLs in the session sequentially by default. One option in the options list above is that you can also randomize the URLs so each thread runs requests in a different order. This avoids bunching up URLs initially when tests start as all threads run the same requests simultaneously which can sometimes skew the results of the first few minutes of a test. While sessions run some progress information is displayed: By default there’s a live view of requests displayed in a Console-like window. On the bottom of the window there’s a running total summary that displays where you’re at in the test, how many requests have been processed and what the requests per second count is currently for all requests. Note that for tests that run over a thousand requests a second it’s a good idea to turn off the console display. While the console display is nice to see that something is happening and also gives you slight idea what’s happening with actual requests, once a lot of requests are processed, this UI updating actually adds a lot of CPU overhead to the application which may cause the actual load generated to be reduced. If you are running a 1000 requests a second there’s not much to see anyway as requests roll by way too fast to see individual lines anyway. If you look on the options panel, there is a NoProgressEvents option that disables the console display. Note that the summary display is still updated approximately once a second so you can always tell that the test is still running. Test Results When the test is done you get a simple Results display: On the right you get an overall summary as well as breakdown by each URL in the session. Both success and failures are highlighted so it’s easy to see what’s breaking in your load test. The report can be printed or you can also open the HTML document in your default Web Browser for printing to PDF or saving the HTML document to disk. The list on the right shows you a partial list of the URLs that were fired so you can look in detail at the request and response data. The list can be filtered by success and failure requests. Each list is partial only (at the moment) and limited to a max of 1000 items in order to render reasonably quickly. Each item in the list can be clicked to see the full request and response data: This particularly useful for errors so you can quickly see and copy what request data was used and in the case of a GET request you can also just click the link to quickly jump to the page. For non-GET requests you can find the URL in the Session list, and use the context menu to Test the URL as configured including any HTTP content data to send. You get to see the full HTTP request and response as well as a link in the Request header to go visit the actual page. Not so useful for a POST as above, but definitely useful for GET requests. Finally you can also get a few charts. The most useful one is probably the Request per Second chart which can be accessed from the Charts menu or shortcut. Here’s what it looks like:   Results can also be exported to JSON, XML and HTML. Keep in mind that these files can get very large rather quickly though, so exports can end up taking a while to complete. Command Line Interface WebSurge runs with a small core load engine and this engine is plugged into the front end application I’ve shown so far. There’s also a command line interface available to run WebSurge from the Windows command prompt. Using the command line you can run tests for either an individual URL (similar to AB.exe for example) or a full Session file. By default when it runs WebSurgeCli shows progress every second showing total request count, failures and the requests per second for the entire test. A silent option can turn off this progress display and display only the results. The command line interface can be useful for build integration which allows checking for failures perhaps or hitting a specific requests per second count etc. It’s also nice to use this as quick and dirty URL test facility similar to the way you’d use Apache Bench (ab.exe). Unlike ab.exe though, WebSurgeCli supports SSL and makes it much easier to create multi-URL tests using either manual editing or the WebSurge UI. Current Status Currently West Wind WebSurge is still in Beta status. I’m still adding small new features and tweaking the UI in an attempt to make it as easy and self-explanatory as possible to run. Documentation for the UI and specialty features is also still a work in progress. I plan on open-sourcing this product, but it won’t be free. There’s a free version available that provides a limited number of threads and request URLs to run. A relatively low cost license  removes the thread and request limitations. Pricing info can be found on the Web site – there’s an introductory price which is $99 at the moment which I think is reasonable compared to most other for pay solutions out there that are exorbitant by comparison… The reason code is not available yet is – well, the UI portion of the app is a bit embarrassing in its current monolithic state. The UI started as a very simple interface originally that later got a lot more complex – yeah, that never happens, right? Unless there’s a lot of interest I don’t foresee re-writing the UI entirely (which would be ideal), but in the meantime at least some cleanup is required before I dare to publish it :-). The code will likely be released with version 1.0. I’m very interested in feedback. Do you think this could be useful to you and provide value over other tools you may or may not have used before? I hope so – it already has provided a ton of value for me and the work I do that made the development worthwhile at this point. You can leave a comment below, or for more extensive discussions you can post a message on the West Wind Message Board in the WebSurge section Microsoft MVPs and Insiders get a free License If you’re a Microsoft MVP or a Microsoft Insider you can get a full license for free. Send me a link to your current, official Microsoft profile and I’ll send you a not-for resale license. Send any messages to [email protected]. Resources For more info on WebSurge and to download it to try it out, use the following links. West Wind WebSurge Home Download West Wind WebSurge Getting Started with West Wind WebSurge Video© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2014Posted in ASP.NET   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Rendering ASP.NET Script References into the Html Header

    - by Rick Strahl
    One thing that I’ve come to appreciate in control development in ASP.NET that use JavaScript is the ability to have more control over script and script include placement than ASP.NET provides natively. Specifically in ASP.NET you can use either the ClientScriptManager or ScriptManager to embed scripts and script references into pages via code. This works reasonably well, but the script references that get generated are generated into the HTML body and there’s very little operational control for placement of scripts. If you have multiple controls or several of the same control that need to place the same scripts onto the page it’s not difficult to end up with scripts that render in the wrong order and stop working correctly. This is especially critical if you load script libraries with dependencies either via resources or even if you are rendering referenced to CDN resources. Natively ASP.NET provides a host of methods that help embedding scripts into the page via either Page.ClientScript or the ASP.NET ScriptManager control (both with slightly different syntax): RegisterClientScriptBlock Renders a script block at the top of the HTML body and should be used for embedding callable functions/classes. RegisterStartupScript Renders a script block just prior to the </form> tag and should be used to for embedding code that should execute when the page is first loaded. Not recommended – use jQuery.ready() or equivalent load time routines. RegisterClientScriptInclude Embeds a reference to a script from a url into the page. RegisterClientScriptResource Embeds a reference to a Script from a resource file generating a long resource file string All 4 of these methods render their <script> tags into the HTML body. The script blocks give you a little bit of control by having a ‘top’ and ‘bottom’ of the document location which gives you some flexibility over script placement and precedence. Script includes and resource url unfortunately do not even get that much control – references are simply rendered into the page in the order of declaration. The ASP.NET ScriptManager control facilitates this task a little bit with the abililty to specify scripts in code and the ability to programmatically check what scripts have already been registered, but it doesn’t provide any more control over the script rendering process itself. Further the ScriptManager is a bear to deal with generically because generic code has to always check and see if it is actually present. Some time ago I posted a ClientScriptProxy class that helps with managing the latter process of sending script references either to ClientScript or ScriptManager if it’s available. Since I last posted about this there have been a number of improvements in this API, one of which is the ability to control placement of scripts and script includes in the page which I think is rather important and a missing feature in the ASP.NET native functionality. Handling ScriptRenderModes One of the big enhancements that I’ve come to rely on is the ability of the various script rendering functions described above to support rendering in multiple locations: /// <summary> /// Determines how scripts are included into the page /// </summary> public enum ScriptRenderModes { /// <summary> /// Inherits the setting from the control or from the ClientScript.DefaultScriptRenderMode /// </summary> Inherit, /// Renders the script include at the location of the control /// </summary> Inline, /// <summary> /// Renders the script include into the bottom of the header of the page /// </summary> Header, /// <summary> /// Renders the script include into the top of the header of the page /// </summary> HeaderTop, /// <summary> /// Uses ClientScript or ScriptManager to embed the script include to /// provide standard ASP.NET style rendering in the HTML body. /// </summary> Script, /// <summary> /// Renders script at the bottom of the page before the last Page.Controls /// literal control. Note this may result in unexpected behavior /// if /body and /html are not the last thing in the markup page. /// </summary> BottomOfPage } This enum is then applied to the various Register functions to allow more control over where scripts actually show up. Why is this useful? For me I often render scripts out of control resources and these scripts often include things like a JavaScript Library (jquery) and a few plug-ins. The order in which these can be loaded is critical so that jQuery.js always loads before any plug-in for example. Typically I end up with a general script layout like this: Core Libraries- HeaderTop Plug-ins: Header ScriptBlocks: Header or Script depending on other dependencies There’s also an option to render scripts and CSS at the very bottom of the page before the last Page control on the page which can be useful for speeding up page load when lots of scripts are loaded. The API syntax of the ClientScriptProxy methods is closely compatible with ScriptManager’s using static methods and control references to gain access to the page and embedding scripts. For example, to render some script into the current page in the header: // Create script block in header ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "hello_function", "function helloWorld() { alert('hello'); }", true, ScriptRenderModes.Header); // Same again - shouldn't be rendered because it's the same id ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "hello_function", "function helloWorld() { alert('hello'); }", true, ScriptRenderModes.Header); // Create a second script block in header ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "hello_function2", "function helloWorld2() { alert('hello2'); }", true, ScriptRenderModes.Header); // This just calls ClientScript and renders into bottom of document ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterStartupScript(this,typeof(ControlResources), "call_hello", "helloWorld();helloWorld2();", true); which generates: <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > <head><title> </title> <script type="text/javascript"> function helloWorld() { alert('hello'); } </script> <script type="text/javascript"> function helloWorld2() { alert('hello2'); } </script> </head> <body> … <script type="text/javascript"> //<![CDATA[ helloWorld();helloWorld2();//]]> </script> </form> </body> </html> Note that the scripts are generated into the header rather than the body except for the last script block which is the call to RegisterStartupScript. In general I wouldn’t recommend using RegisterStartupScript – ever. It’s a much better practice to use a script base load event to handle ‘startup’ code that should fire when the page first loads. So instead of the code above I’d actually recommend doing: ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "call_hello", "$().ready( function() { alert('hello2'); });", true, ScriptRenderModes.Header); assuming you’re using jQuery on the page. For script includes from a Url the following demonstrates how to embed scripts into the header. This example injects a jQuery and jQuery.UI script reference from the Google CDN then checks each with a script block to ensure that it has loaded and if not loads it from a server local location: // load jquery from CDN ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptInclude(this, typeof(ControlResources), "http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.3.2/jquery.min.js", ScriptRenderModes.HeaderTop); // check if jquery loaded - if it didn't we're not online string scriptCheck = @"if (typeof jQuery != 'object') document.write(unescape(""%3Cscript src='{0}' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E""));"; string jQueryUrl = ClientScriptProxy.Current.GetWebResourceUrl(this, typeof(ControlResources), ControlResources.JQUERY_SCRIPT_RESOURCE); ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "jquery_register", string.Format(scriptCheck,jQueryUrl),true, ScriptRenderModes.HeaderTop); // Load jquery-ui from cdn ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptInclude(this, typeof(ControlResources), "http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jqueryui/1.7.2/jquery-ui.min.js", ScriptRenderModes.Header); // check if we need to load from local string jQueryUiUrl = ResolveUrl("~/scripts/jquery-ui-custom.min.js"); ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "jqueryui_register", string.Format(scriptCheck, jQueryUiUrl), true, ScriptRenderModes.Header); // Create script block in header ClientScriptProxy.Current.RegisterClientScriptBlock(this, typeof(ControlResources), "hello_function", "$().ready( function() { alert('hello'); });", true, ScriptRenderModes.Header); which in turn generates this HTML: <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > <head> <script src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.3.2/jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> if (typeof jQuery != 'object') document.write(unescape("%3Cscript src='/WestWindWebToolkitWeb/WebResource.axd?d=DIykvYhJ_oXCr-TA_dr35i4AayJoV1mgnQAQGPaZsoPM2LCdvoD3cIsRRitHKlKJfV5K_jQvylK7tsqO3lQIFw2&t=633979863959332352' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E")); </script> <title> </title> <script src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jqueryui/1.7.2/jquery-ui.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> if (typeof jQuery != 'object') document.write(unescape("%3Cscript src='/WestWindWebToolkitWeb/scripts/jquery-ui-custom.min.js' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E")); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> $().ready(function() { alert('hello'); }); </script> </head> <body> …</body> </html> As you can see there’s a bit more control in this process as you can inject both script includes and script blocks into the document at the top or bottom of the header, plus if necessary at the usual body locations. This is quite useful especially if you create custom server controls that interoperate with script and have certain dependencies. The above is a good example of a useful switchable routine where you can switch where scripts load from by default – the above pulls from Google CDN but a configuration switch may automatically switch to pull from the local development copies if your doing development for example. How does it work? As mentioned the ClientScriptProxy object mimicks many of the ScriptManager script related methods and so provides close API compatibility with it although it contains many additional overloads that enhance functionality. It does however work against ScriptManager if it’s available on the page, or Page.ClientScript if it’s not so it provides a single unified frontend to script access. There are however many overloads of the original SM methods like the above to provide additional functionality. The implementation of script header rendering is pretty straight forward – as long as a server header (ie. it has to have runat=”server” set) is available. Otherwise these routines fall back to using the default document level insertions of ScriptManager/ClientScript. Given that there is a server header it’s relatively easy to generate the script tags and code and append them to the header either at the top or bottom. I suspect Microsoft didn’t provide header rendering functionality precisely because a runat=”server” header is not required by ASP.NET so behavior would be slightly unpredictable. That’s not really a problem for a custom implementation however. Here’s the RegisterClientScriptBlock implementation that takes a ScriptRenderModes parameter to allow header rendering: /// <summary> /// Renders client script block with the option of rendering the script block in /// the Html header /// /// For this to work Header must be defined as runat="server" /// </summary> /// <param name="control">any control that instance typically page</param> /// <param name="type">Type that identifies this rendering</param> /// <param name="key">unique script block id</param> /// <param name="script">The script code to render</param> /// <param name="addScriptTags">Ignored for header rendering used for all other insertions</param> /// <param name="renderMode">Where the block is rendered</param> public void RegisterClientScriptBlock(Control control, Type type, string key, string script, bool addScriptTags, ScriptRenderModes renderMode) { if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.Inherit) renderMode = DefaultScriptRenderMode; if (control.Page.Header == null || renderMode != ScriptRenderModes.HeaderTop && renderMode != ScriptRenderModes.Header && renderMode != ScriptRenderModes.BottomOfPage) { RegisterClientScriptBlock(control, type, key, script, addScriptTags); return; } // No dupes - ref script include only once const string identifier = "scriptblock_"; if (HttpContext.Current.Items.Contains(identifier + key)) return; HttpContext.Current.Items.Add(identifier + key, string.Empty); StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(); // Embed in header sb.AppendLine("\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">"); sb.AppendLine(script); sb.AppendLine("</script>"); int? index = HttpContext.Current.Items["__ScriptResourceIndex"] as int?; if (index == null) index = 0; if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.HeaderTop) { control.Page.Header.Controls.AddAt(index.Value, new LiteralControl(sb.ToString())); index++; } else if(renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.Header) control.Page.Header.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl(sb.ToString())); else if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.BottomOfPage) control.Page.Controls.AddAt(control.Page.Controls.Count-1,new LiteralControl(sb.ToString())); HttpContext.Current.Items["__ScriptResourceIndex"] = index; } Note that the routine has to keep track of items inserted by id so that if the same item is added again with the same key it won’t generate two script entries. Additionally the code has to keep track of how many insertions have been made at the top of the document so that entries are added in the proper order. The RegisterScriptInclude method is similar but there’s some additional logic in here to deal with script file references and ClientScriptProxy’s (optional) custom resource handler that provides script compression /// <summary> /// Registers a client script reference into the page with the option to specify /// the script location in the page /// </summary> /// <param name="control">Any control instance - typically page</param> /// <param name="type">Type that acts as qualifier (uniqueness)</param> /// <param name="url">the Url to the script resource</param> /// <param name="ScriptRenderModes">Determines where the script is rendered</param> public void RegisterClientScriptInclude(Control control, Type type, string url, ScriptRenderModes renderMode) { const string STR_ScriptResourceIndex = "__ScriptResourceIndex"; if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(url)) return; if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.Inherit) renderMode = DefaultScriptRenderMode; // Extract just the script filename string fileId = null; // Check resource IDs and try to match to mapped file resources // Used to allow scripts not to be loaded more than once whether // embedded manually (script tag) or via resources with ClientScriptProxy if (url.Contains(".axd?r=")) { string res = HttpUtility.UrlDecode( StringUtils.ExtractString(url, "?r=", "&", false, true) ); foreach (ScriptResourceAlias item in ScriptResourceAliases) { if (item.Resource == res) { fileId = item.Alias + ".js"; break; } } if (fileId == null) fileId = url.ToLower(); } else fileId = Path.GetFileName(url).ToLower(); // No dupes - ref script include only once const string identifier = "script_"; if (HttpContext.Current.Items.Contains( identifier + fileId ) ) return; HttpContext.Current.Items.Add(identifier + fileId, string.Empty); // just use script manager or ClientScriptManager if (control.Page.Header == null || renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.Script || renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.Inline) { RegisterClientScriptInclude(control, type,url, url); return; } // Retrieve script index in header int? index = HttpContext.Current.Items[STR_ScriptResourceIndex] as int?; if (index == null) index = 0; StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(256); url = WebUtils.ResolveUrl(url); // Embed in header sb.AppendLine("\r\n<script src=\"" + url + "\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>"); if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.HeaderTop) { control.Page.Header.Controls.AddAt(index.Value, new LiteralControl(sb.ToString())); index++; } else if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.Header) control.Page.Header.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl(sb.ToString())); else if (renderMode == ScriptRenderModes.BottomOfPage) control.Page.Controls.AddAt(control.Page.Controls.Count-1, new LiteralControl(sb.ToString())); HttpContext.Current.Items[STR_ScriptResourceIndex] = index; } There’s a little more code here that deals with cleaning up the passed in Url and also some custom handling of script resources that run through the ScriptCompressionModule – any script resources loaded in this fashion are automatically cached based on the resource id. Raw urls extract just the filename from the URL and cache based on that. All of this to avoid doubling up of scripts if called multiple times by multiple instances of the same control for example or several controls that all load the same resources/includes. Finally RegisterClientScriptResource utilizes the previous method to wrap the WebResourceUrl as well as some custom functionality for the resource compression module: /// <summary> /// Returns a WebResource or ScriptResource URL for script resources that are to be /// embedded as script includes. /// </summary> /// <param name="control">Any control</param> /// <param name="type">A type in assembly where resources are located</param> /// <param name="resourceName">Name of the resource to load</param> /// <param name="renderMode">Determines where in the document the link is rendered</param> public void RegisterClientScriptResource(Control control, Type type, string resourceName, ScriptRenderModes renderMode) { string resourceUrl = GetClientScriptResourceUrl(control, type, resourceName); RegisterClientScriptInclude(control, type, resourceUrl, renderMode); } /// <summary> /// Works like GetWebResourceUrl but can be used with javascript resources /// to allow using of resource compression (if the module is loaded). /// </summary> /// <param name="control"></param> /// <param name="type"></param> /// <param name="resourceName"></param> /// <returns></returns> public string GetClientScriptResourceUrl(Control control, Type type, string resourceName) { #if IncludeScriptCompressionModuleSupport // If wwScriptCompression Module through Web.config is loaded use it to compress // script resources by using wcSC.axd Url the module intercepts if (ScriptCompressionModule.ScriptCompressionModuleActive) { string url = "~/wwSC.axd?r=" + HttpUtility.UrlEncode(resourceName); if (type.Assembly != GetType().Assembly) url += "&t=" + HttpUtility.UrlEncode(type.FullName); return WebUtils.ResolveUrl(url); } #endif return control.Page.ClientScript.GetWebResourceUrl(type, resourceName); } This code merely retrieves the resource URL and then simply calls back to RegisterClientScriptInclude with the URL to be embedded which means there’s nothing specific to deal with other than the custom compression module logic which is nice and easy. What else is there in ClientScriptProxy? ClientscriptProxy also provides a few other useful services beyond what I’ve already covered here: Transparent ScriptManager and ClientScript calls ClientScriptProxy includes a host of routines that help figure out whether a script manager is available or not and all functions in this class call the appropriate object – ScriptManager or ClientScript – that is available in the current page to ensure that scripts get embedded into pages properly. This is especially useful for control development where controls have no control over the scripting environment in place on the page. RegisterCssLink and RegisterCssResource Much like the script embedding functions these two methods allow embedding of CSS links. CSS links are appended to the header or to a form declared with runat=”server”. LoadControlScript Is a high level resource loading routine that can be used to easily switch between different script linking modes. It supports loading from a WebResource, a url or not loading anything at all. This is very useful if you build controls that deal with specification of resource urls/ids in a standard way. Check out the full Code You can check out the full code to the ClientScriptProxyClass here: ClientScriptProxy.cs ClientScriptProxy Documentation (class reference) Note that the ClientScriptProxy has a few dependencies in the West Wind Web Toolkit of which it is part of. ControlResources holds a few standard constants and script resource links and the ScriptCompressionModule which is referenced in a few of the script inclusion methods. There’s also another useful ScriptContainer companion control  to the ClientScriptProxy that allows scripts to be placed onto the page’s markup including the ability to specify the script location and script minification options. You can find all the dependencies in the West Wind Web Toolkit repository: West Wind Web Toolkit Repository West Wind Web Toolkit Home Page© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2010Posted in ASP.NET  JavaScript  

    Read the article

  • Using the West Wind Web Toolkit to set up AJAX and REST Services

    - by Rick Strahl
    I frequently get questions about which option to use for creating AJAX and REST backends for ASP.NET applications. There are many solutions out there to do this actually, but when I have a choice - not surprisingly - I fall back to my own tools in the West Wind West Wind Web Toolkit. I've talked a bunch about the 'in-the-box' solutions in the past so for a change in this post I'll talk about the tools that I use in my own and customer applications to handle AJAX and REST based access to service resources using the West Wind West Wind Web Toolkit. Let me preface this by saying that I like things to be easy. Yes flexible is very important as well but not at the expense of over-complexity. The goal I've had with my tools is make it drop dead easy, with good performance while providing the core features that I'm after, which are: Easy AJAX/JSON Callbacks Ability to return any kind of non JSON content (string, stream, byte[], images) Ability to work with both XML and JSON interchangeably for input/output Access endpoints via POST data, RPC JSON calls, GET QueryString values or Routing interface Easy to use generic JavaScript client to make RPC calls (same syntax, just what you need) Ability to create clean URLS with Routing Ability to use standard ASP.NET HTTP Stack for HTTP semantics It's all about options! In this post I'll demonstrate most of these features (except XML) in a few simple and short samples which you can download. So let's take a look and see how you can build an AJAX callback solution with the West Wind Web Toolkit. Installing the Toolkit Assemblies The easiest and leanest way of using the Toolkit in your Web project is to grab it via NuGet: West Wind Web and AJAX Utilities (Westwind.Web) and drop it into the project by right clicking in your Project and choosing Manage NuGet Packages from anywhere in the Project.   When done you end up with your project looking like this: What just happened? Nuget added two assemblies - Westwind.Web and Westwind.Utilities and the client ww.jquery.js library. It also added a couple of references into web.config: The default namespaces so they can be accessed in pages/views and a ScriptCompressionModule that the toolkit optionally uses to compress script resources served from within the assembly (namely ww.jquery.js and optionally jquery.js). Creating a new Service The West Wind Web Toolkit supports several ways of creating and accessing AJAX services, but for this post I'll stick to the lower level approach that works from any plain HTML page or of course MVC, WebForms, WebPages. There's also a WebForms specific control that makes this even easier but I'll leave that for another post. So, to create a new standalone AJAX/REST service we can create a new HttpHandler in the new project either as a pure class based handler or as a generic .ASHX handler. Both work equally well, but generic handlers don't require any web.config configuration so I'll use that here. In the root of the project add a Generic Handler. I'm going to call this one StockService.ashx. Once the handler has been created, edit the code and remove all of the handler body code. Then change the base class to CallbackHandler and add methods that have a [CallbackMethod] attribute. Here's the modified base handler implementation now looks like with an added HelloWorld method: using System; using Westwind.Web; namespace WestWindWebAjax { /// <summary> /// Handler implements CallbackHandler to provide REST/AJAX services /// </summary> public class SampleService : CallbackHandler { [CallbackMethod] public string HelloWorld(string name) { return "Hello " + name + ". Time is: " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } } } Notice that the class inherits from CallbackHandler and that the HelloWorld service method is marked up with [CallbackMethod]. We're done here. Services Urlbased Syntax Once you compile, the 'service' is live can respond to requests. All CallbackHandlers support input in GET and POST formats, and can return results as JSON or XML. To check our fancy HelloWorld method we can now access the service like this: http://localhost/WestWindWebAjax/StockService.ashx?Method=HelloWorld&name=Rick which produces a default JSON response - in this case a string (wrapped in quotes as it's JSON): (note by default JSON will be downloaded by most browsers not displayed - various options are available to view JSON right in the browser) If I want to return the same data as XML I can tack on a &format=xml at the end of the querystring which produces: <string>Hello Rick. Time is: 11/1/2011 12:11:13 PM</string> Cleaner URLs with Routing Syntax If you want cleaner URLs for each operation you can also configure custom routes on a per URL basis similar to the way that WCF REST does. To do this you need to add a new RouteHandler to your application's startup code in global.asax.cs one for each CallbackHandler based service you create: protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes<StockService>(RouteTable.Routes); } With this code in place you can now add RouteUrl properties to any of your service methods. For the HelloWorld method that doesn't make a ton of sense but here is what a routed clean URL might look like in definition: [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="stocks/HelloWorld/{name}")] public string HelloWorld(string name) { return "Hello " + name + ". Time is: " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } The same URL I previously used now becomes a bit shorter and more readable with: http://localhost/WestWindWebAjax/HelloWorld/Rick It's an easy way to create cleaner URLs and still get the same functionality. Calling the Service with $.getJSON() Since the result produced is JSON you can now easily consume this data using jQuery's getJSON method. First we need a couple of scripts - jquery.js and ww.jquery.js in the page: <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <link href="Css/Westwind.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <script src="scripts/jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="scripts/ww.jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> </head> <body> Next let's add a small HelloWorld example form (what else) that has a single textbox to type a name, a button and a div tag to receive the result: <fieldset> <legend>Hello World</legend> Please enter a name: <input type="text" name="txtHello" id="txtHello" value="" /> <input type="button" id="btnSayHello" value="Say Hello (POST)" /> <input type="button" id="btnSayHelloGet" value="Say Hello (GET)" /> <div id="divHelloMessage" class="errordisplay" style="display:none;width: 450px;" > </div> </fieldset> Then to call the HelloWorld method a little jQuery is used to hook the document startup and the button click followed by the $.getJSON call to retrieve the data from the server. <script type="text/javascript"> $(document).ready(function () { $("#btnSayHelloGet").click(function () { $.getJSON("SampleService.ashx", { Method: "HelloWorld", name: $("#txtHello").val() }, function (result) { $("#divHelloMessage") .text(result) .fadeIn(1000); }); });</script> .getJSON() expects a full URL to the endpoint of our service, which is the ASHX file. We can either provide a full URL (SampleService.ashx?Method=HelloWorld&name=Rick) or we can just provide the base URL and an object that encodes the query string parameters for us using an object map that has a property that matches each parameter for the server method. We can also use the clean URL routing syntax, but using the object parameter encoding actually is safer as the parameters will get properly encoded by jQuery. The result returned is whatever the result on the server method is - in this case a string. The string is applied to the divHelloMessage element and we're done. Obviously this is a trivial example, but it demonstrates the basics of getting a JSON response back to the browser. AJAX Post Syntax - using ajaxCallMethod() The previous example allows you basic control over the data that you send to the server via querystring parameters. This works OK for simple values like short strings, numbers and boolean values, but doesn't really work if you need to pass something more complex like an object or an array back up to the server. To handle traditional RPC type messaging where the idea is to map server side functions and results to a client side invokation, POST operations can be used. The easiest way to use this functionality is to use ww.jquery.js and the ajaxCallMethod() function. ww.jquery wraps jQuery's AJAX functions and knows implicitly how to call a CallbackServer method with parameters and parse the result. Let's look at another simple example that posts a simple value but returns something more interesting. Let's start with the service method: [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="stocks/{symbol}")] public StockQuote GetStockQuote(string symbol) { Response.Cache.SetExpires(DateTime.UtcNow.Add(new TimeSpan(0, 2, 0))); StockServer server = new StockServer(); var quote = server.GetStockQuote(symbol); if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid Symbol passed."); return quote; } This sample utilizes a small StockServer helper class (included in the sample) that downloads a stock quote from Yahoo's financial site via plain HTTP GET requests and formats it into a StockQuote object. Lets create a small HTML block that lets us query for the quote and display it: <fieldset> <legend>Single Stock Quote</legend> Please enter a stock symbol: <input type="text" name="txtSymbol" id="txtSymbol" value="msft" /> <input type="button" id="btnStockQuote" value="Get Quote" /> <div id="divStockDisplay" class="errordisplay" style="display:none; width: 450px;"> <div class="label-left">Company:</div> <div id="stockCompany"></div> <div class="label-left">Last Price:</div> <div id="stockLastPrice"></div> <div class="label-left">Quote Time:</div> <div id="stockQuoteTime"></div> </div> </fieldset> The final result looks something like this:   Let's hook up the button handler to fire the request and fill in the data as shown: $("#btnStockQuote").click(function () { ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "GetStockQuote", [$("#txtSymbol").val()], function (quote) { $("#divStockDisplay").show().fadeIn(1000); $("#stockCompany").text(quote.Company + " (" + quote.Symbol + ")"); $("#stockLastPrice").text(quote.LastPrice); $("#stockQuoteTime").text(quote.LastQuoteTime.formatDate("MMM dd, HH:mm EST")); }, onPageError); }); So we point at SampleService.ashx and the GetStockQuote method, passing a single parameter of the input symbol value. Then there are two handlers for success and failure callbacks.  The success handler is the interesting part - it receives the stock quote as a result and assigns its values to various 'holes' in the stock display elements. The data that comes back over the wire is JSON and it looks like this: { "Symbol":"MSFT", "Company":"Microsoft Corpora", "OpenPrice":26.11, "LastPrice":26.01, "NetChange":0.02, "LastQuoteTime":"2011-11-03T02:00:00Z", "LastQuoteTimeString":"Nov. 11, 2011 4:20pm" } which is an object representation of the data. JavaScript can evaluate this JSON string back into an object easily and that's the reslut that gets passed to the success function. The quote data is then applied to existing page content by manually selecting items and applying them. There are other ways to do this more elegantly like using templates, but here we're only interested in seeing how the data is returned. The data in the object is typed - LastPrice is a number and QuoteTime is a date. Note about the date value: JavaScript doesn't have a date literal although the JSON embedded ISO string format used above  ("2011-11-03T02:00:00Z") is becoming fairly standard for JSON serializers. However, JSON parsers don't deserialize dates by default and return them by string. This is why the StockQuote actually returns a string value of LastQuoteTimeString for the same date. ajaxMethodCallback always converts dates properly into 'real' dates and the example above uses the real date value along with a .formatDate() data extension (also in ww.jquery.js) to display the raw date properly. Errors and Exceptions So what happens if your code fails? For example if I pass an invalid stock symbol to the GetStockQuote() method you notice that the code does this: if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid Symbol passed."); CallbackHandler automatically pushes the exception message back to the client so it's easy to pick up the error message. Regardless of what kind of error occurs: Server side, client side, protocol errors - any error will fire the failure handler with an error object parameter. The error is returned to the client via a JSON response in the error callback. In the previous examples I called onPageError which is a generic routine in ww.jquery that displays a status message on the bottom of the screen. But of course you can also take over the error handling yourself: $("#btnStockQuote").click(function () { ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "GetStockQuote", [$("#txtSymbol").val()], function (quote) { $("#divStockDisplay").fadeIn(1000); $("#stockCompany").text(quote.Company + " (" + quote.Symbol + ")"); $("#stockLastPrice").text(quote.LastPrice); $("#stockQuoteTime").text(quote.LastQuoteTime.formatDate("MMM dd, hh:mmt")); }, function (error, xhr) { $("#divErrorDisplay").text(error.message).fadeIn(1000); }); }); The error object has a isCallbackError, message and  stackTrace properties, the latter of which is only populated when running in Debug mode, and this object is returned for all errors: Client side, transport and server side errors. Regardless of which type of error you get the same object passed (as well as the XHR instance optionally) which makes for a consistent error retrieval mechanism. Specifying HttpVerbs You can also specify HTTP Verbs that are allowed using the AllowedHttpVerbs option on the CallbackMethod attribute: [CallbackMethod(AllowedHttpVerbs=HttpVerbs.GET | HttpVerbs.POST)] public string HelloWorld(string name) { … } If you're building REST style API's this might be useful to force certain request semantics onto the client calling. For the above if call with a non-allowed HttpVerb the request returns a 405 error response along with a JSON (or XML) error object result. The default behavior is to allow all verbs access (HttpVerbs.All). Passing in object Parameters Up to now the parameters I passed were very simple. But what if you need to send something more complex like an object or an array? Let's look at another example now that passes an object from the client to the server. Keeping with the Stock theme here lets add a method called BuyOrder that lets us buy some shares for a stock. Consider the following service method that receives an StockBuyOrder object as a parameter: [CallbackMethod] public string BuyStock(StockBuyOrder buyOrder) { var server = new StockServer(); var quote = server.GetStockQuote(buyOrder.Symbol); if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid or missing stock symbol."); return string.Format("You're buying {0} shares of {1} ({2}) stock at {3} for a total of {4} on {5}.", buyOrder.Quantity, quote.Company, quote.Symbol, quote.LastPrice.ToString("c"), (quote.LastPrice * buyOrder.Quantity).ToString("c"), buyOrder.BuyOn.ToString("MMM d")); } public class StockBuyOrder { public string Symbol { get; set; } public int Quantity { get; set; } public DateTime BuyOn { get; set; } public StockBuyOrder() { BuyOn = DateTime.Now; } } This is a contrived do-nothing example that simply echoes back what was passed in, but it demonstrates how you can pass complex data to a callback method. On the client side we now have a very simple form that captures the three values on a form: <fieldset> <legend>Post a Stock Buy Order</legend> Enter a symbol: <input type="text" name="txtBuySymbol" id="txtBuySymbol" value="GLD" />&nbsp;&nbsp; Qty: <input type="text" name="txtBuyQty" id="txtBuyQty" value="10" style="width: 50px" />&nbsp;&nbsp; Buy on: <input type="text" name="txtBuyOn" id="txtBuyOn" value="<%= DateTime.Now.ToString("d") %>" style="width: 70px;" /> <input type="button" id="btnBuyStock" value="Buy Stock" /> <div id="divStockBuyMessage" class="errordisplay" style="display:none"></div> </fieldset> The completed form and demo then looks something like this:   The client side code that picks up the input values and assigns them to object properties and sends the AJAX request looks like this: $("#btnBuyStock").click(function () { // create an object map that matches StockBuyOrder signature var buyOrder = { Symbol: $("#txtBuySymbol").val(), Quantity: $("#txtBuyQty").val() * 1, // number Entered: new Date() } ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "BuyStock", [buyOrder], function (result) { $("#divStockBuyMessage").text(result).fadeIn(1000); }, onPageError); }); The code creates an object and attaches the properties that match the server side object passed to the BuyStock method. Each property that you want to update needs to be included and the type must match (ie. string, number, date in this case). Any missing properties will not be set but also not cause any errors. Pass POST data instead of Objects In the last example I collected a bunch of values from form variables and stuffed them into object variables in JavaScript code. While that works, often times this isn't really helping - I end up converting my types on the client and then doing another conversion on the server. If lots of input controls are on a page and you just want to pick up the values on the server via plain POST variables - that can be done too - and it makes sense especially if you're creating and filling the client side object only to push data to the server. Let's add another method to the server that once again lets us buy a stock. But this time let's not accept a parameter but rather send POST data to the server. Here's the server method receiving POST data: [CallbackMethod] public string BuyStockPost() { StockBuyOrder buyOrder = new StockBuyOrder(); buyOrder.Symbol = Request.Form["txtBuySymbol"]; ; int qty; int.TryParse(Request.Form["txtBuyQuantity"], out qty); buyOrder.Quantity = qty; DateTime time; DateTime.TryParse(Request.Form["txtBuyBuyOn"], out time); buyOrder.BuyOn = time; // Or easier way yet //FormVariableBinder.Unbind(buyOrder,null,"txtBuy"); var server = new StockServer(); var quote = server.GetStockQuote(buyOrder.Symbol); if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid or missing stock symbol."); return string.Format("You're buying {0} shares of {1} ({2}) stock at {3} for a total of {4} on {5}.", buyOrder.Quantity, quote.Company, quote.Symbol, quote.LastPrice.ToString("c"), (quote.LastPrice * buyOrder.Quantity).ToString("c"), buyOrder.BuyOn.ToString("MMM d")); } Clearly we've made this server method take more code than it did with the object parameter. We've basically moved the parameter assignment logic from the client to the server. As a result the client code to call this method is now a bit shorter since there's no client side shuffling of values from the controls to an object. $("#btnBuyStockPost").click(function () { ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "BuyStockPost", [], // Note: No parameters - function (result) { $("#divStockBuyMessage").text(result).fadeIn(1000); }, onPageError, // Force all page Form Variables to be posted { postbackMode: "Post" }); }); The client simply calls the BuyStockQuote method and pushes all the form variables from the page up to the server which parses them instead. The feature that makes this work is one of the options you can pass to the ajaxCallMethod() function: { postbackMode: "Post" }); which directs the function to include form variable POST data when making the service call. Other options include PostNoViewState (for WebForms to strip out WebForms crap vars), PostParametersOnly (default), None. If you pass parameters those are always posted to the server except when None is set. The above code can be simplified a bit by using the FormVariableBinder helper, which can unbind form variables directly into an object: FormVariableBinder.Unbind(buyOrder,null,"txtBuy"); which replaces the manual Request.Form[] reading code. It receives the object to unbind into, a string of properties to skip, and an optional prefix which is stripped off form variables to match property names. The component is similar to the MVC model binder but it's independent of MVC. Returning non-JSON Data CallbackHandler also supports returning non-JSON/XML data via special return types. You can return raw non-JSON encoded strings like this: [CallbackMethod(ReturnAsRawString=true,ContentType="text/plain")] public string HelloWorldNoJSON(string name) { return "Hello " + name + ". Time is: " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } Calling this method results in just a plain string - no JSON encoding with quotes around the result. This can be useful if your server handling code needs to return a string or HTML result that doesn't fit well for a page or other UI component. Any string output can be returned. You can also return binary data. Stream, byte[] and Bitmap/Image results are automatically streamed back to the client. Notice that you should set the ContentType of the request either on the CallbackMethod attribute or using Response.ContentType. This ensures the Web Server knows how to display your binary response. Using a stream response makes it possible to return any of data. Streamed data can be pretty handy to return bitmap data from a method. The following is a method that returns a stock history graph for a particular stock over a provided number of years: [CallbackMethod(ContentType="image/png",RouteUrl="stocks/history/graph/{symbol}/{years}")] public Stream GetStockHistoryGraph(string symbol, int years = 2,int width = 500, int height=350) { if (width == 0) width = 500; if (height == 0) height = 350; StockServer server = new StockServer(); return server.GetStockHistoryGraph(symbol,"Stock History for " + symbol,width,height,years); } I can now hook this up into the JavaScript code when I get a stock quote. At the end of the process I can assign the URL to the service that returns the image into the src property and so force the image to display. Here's the changed code: $("#btnStockQuote").click(function () { var symbol = $("#txtSymbol").val(); ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "GetStockQuote", [symbol], function (quote) { $("#divStockDisplay").fadeIn(1000); $("#stockCompany").text(quote.Company + " (" + quote.Symbol + ")"); $("#stockLastPrice").text(quote.LastPrice); $("#stockQuoteTime").text(quote.LastQuoteTime.formatDate("MMM dd, hh:mmt")); // display a stock chart $("#imgStockHistory").attr("src", "stocks/history/graph/" + symbol + "/2"); },onPageError); }); The resulting output then looks like this: The charting code uses the new ASP.NET 4.0 Chart components via code to display a bar chart of the 2 year stock data as part of the StockServer class which you can find in the sample download. The ability to return arbitrary data from a service is useful as you can see - in this case the chart is clearly associated with the service and it's nice that the graph generation can happen off a handler rather than through a page. Images are common resources, but output can also be PDF reports, zip files for downloads etc. which is becoming increasingly more common to be returned from REST endpoints and other applications. Why reinvent? Obviously the examples I've shown here are pretty basic in terms of functionality. But I hope they demonstrate the core features of AJAX callbacks that you need to work through in most applications which is simple: return data, send back data and potentially retrieve data in various formats. While there are other solutions when it comes down to making AJAX callbacks and servicing REST like requests, I like the flexibility my home grown solution provides. Simply put it's still the easiest solution that I've found that addresses my common use cases: AJAX JSON RPC style callbacks Url based access XML and JSON Output from single method endpoint XML and JSON POST support, querystring input, routing parameter mapping UrlEncoded POST data support on callbacks Ability to return stream/raw string data Essentially ability to return ANYTHING from Service and pass anything All these features are available in various solutions but not together in one place. I've been using this code base for over 4 years now in a number of projects both for myself and commercial work and it's served me extremely well. Besides the AJAX functionality CallbackHandler provides, it's also an easy way to create any kind of output endpoint I need to create. Need to create a few simple routines that spit back some data, but don't want to create a Page or View or full blown handler for it? Create a CallbackHandler and add a method or multiple methods and you have your generic endpoints.  It's a quick and easy way to add small code pieces that are pretty efficient as they're running through a pretty small handler implementation. I can have this up and running in a couple of minutes literally without any setup and returning just about any kind of data. Resources Download the Sample NuGet: Westwind Web and AJAX Utilities (Westwind.Web) ajaxCallMethod() Documentation Using the AjaxMethodCallback WebForms Control West Wind Web Toolkit Home Page West Wind Web Toolkit Source Code © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2011Posted in ASP.NET  jQuery  AJAX   Tweet (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Custom ASP.NET Routing to an HttpHandler

    - by Rick Strahl
    As of version 4.0 ASP.NET natively supports routing via the now built-in System.Web.Routing namespace. Routing features are automatically integrated into the HtttpRuntime via a few custom interfaces. New Web Forms Routing Support In ASP.NET 4.0 there are a host of improvements including routing support baked into Web Forms via a RouteData property available on the Page class and RouteCollection.MapPageRoute() route handler that makes it easy to route to Web forms. To map ASP.NET Page routes is as simple as setting up the routes with MapPageRoute:protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes); } void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes) { routes.MapPageRoute("StockQuote", "StockQuote/{symbol}", "StockQuote.aspx"); routes.MapPageRoute("StockQuotes", "StockQuotes/{symbolList}", "StockQuotes.aspx"); } and then accessing the route data in the page you can then use the new Page class RouteData property to retrieve the dynamic route data information:public partial class StockQuote1 : System.Web.UI.Page { protected StockQuote Quote = null; protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { string symbol = RouteData.Values["symbol"] as string; StockServer server = new StockServer(); Quote = server.GetStockQuote(symbol); // display stock data in Page View } } Simple, quick and doesn’t require much explanation. If you’re using WebForms most of your routing needs should be served just fine by this simple mechanism. Kudos to the ASP.NET team for putting this in the box and making it easy! How Routing Works To handle Routing in ASP.NET involves these steps: Registering Routes Creating a custom RouteHandler to retrieve an HttpHandler Attaching RouteData to your HttpHandler Picking up Route Information in your Request code Registering routes makes ASP.NET aware of the Routes you want to handle via the static RouteTable.Routes collection. You basically add routes to this collection to let ASP.NET know which URL patterns it should watch for. You typically hook up routes off a RegisterRoutes method that fires in Application_Start as I did in the example above to ensure routes are added only once when the application first starts up. When you create a route, you pass in a RouteHandler instance which ASP.NET caches and reuses as routes are matched. Once registered ASP.NET monitors the routes and if a match is found just prior to the HttpHandler instantiation, ASP.NET uses the RouteHandler registered for the route and calls GetHandler() on it to retrieve an HttpHandler instance. The RouteHandler.GetHandler() method is responsible for creating an instance of an HttpHandler that is to handle the request and – if necessary – to assign any additional custom data to the handler. At minimum you probably want to pass the RouteData to the handler so the handler can identify the request based on the route data available. To do this you typically add  a RouteData property to your handler and then assign the property from the RouteHandlers request context. This is essentially how Page.RouteData comes into being and this approach should work well for any custom handler implementation that requires RouteData. It’s a shame that ASP.NET doesn’t have a top level intrinsic object that’s accessible off the HttpContext object to provide route data more generically, but since RouteData is directly tied to HttpHandlers and not all handlers support it it might cause some confusion of when it’s actually available. Bottom line is that if you want to hold on to RouteData you have to assign it to a custom property of the handler or else pass it to the handler via Context.Items[] object that can be retrieved on an as needed basis. It’s important to understand that routing is hooked up via RouteHandlers that are responsible for loading HttpHandler instances. RouteHandlers are invoked for every request that matches a route and through this RouteHandler instance the Handler gains access to the current RouteData. Because of this logic it’s important to understand that Routing is really tied to HttpHandlers and not available prior to handler instantiation, which is pretty late in the HttpRuntime’s request pipeline. IOW, Routing works with Handlers but not with earlier in the pipeline within Modules. Specifically ASP.NET calls RouteHandler.GetHandler() from the PostResolveRequestCache HttpRuntime pipeline event. Here’s the call stack at the beginning of the GetHandler() call: which fires just before handler resolution. Non-Page Routing – You need to build custom RouteHandlers If you need to route to a custom Http Handler or other non-Page (and non-MVC) endpoint in the HttpRuntime, there is no generic mapping support available. You need to create a custom RouteHandler that can manage creating an instance of an HttpHandler that is fired in response to a routed request. Depending on what you are doing this process can be simple or fairly involved as your code is responsible based on the route data provided which handler to instantiate, and more importantly how to pass the route data on to the Handler. Luckily creating a RouteHandler is easy by implementing the IRouteHandler interface which has only a single GetHttpHandler(RequestContext context) method. In this method you can pick up the requestContext.RouteData, instantiate the HttpHandler of choice, and assign the RouteData to it. Then pass back the handler and you’re done.Here’s a simple example of GetHttpHandler() method that dynamically creates a handler based on a passed in Handler type./// <summary> /// Retrieves an Http Handler based on the type specified in the constructor /// </summary> /// <param name="requestContext"></param> /// <returns></returns> IHttpHandler IRouteHandler.GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; // If we're dealing with a Callback Handler // pass the RouteData for this route to the Handler if (handler is CallbackHandler) ((CallbackHandler)handler).RouteData = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; } Note that this code checks for a specific type of handler and if it matches assigns the RouteData to this handler. This is optional but quite a common scenario if you want to work with RouteData. If the handler you need to instantiate isn’t under your control but you still need to pass RouteData to Handler code, an alternative is to pass the RouteData via the HttpContext.Items collection:IHttpHandler IRouteHandler.GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; requestContext.HttpContext.Items["RouteData"] = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; } The code in the handler implementation can then pick up the RouteData from the context collection as needed:RouteData routeData = HttpContext.Current.Items["RouteData"] as RouteData This isn’t as clean as having an explicit RouteData property, but it does have the advantage that the route data is visible anywhere in the Handler’s code chain. It’s definitely preferable to create a custom property on your handler, but the Context work-around works in a pinch when you don’t’ own the handler code and have dynamic code executing as part of the handler execution. An Example of a Custom RouteHandler: Attribute Based Route Implementation In this post I’m going to discuss a custom routine implementation I built for my CallbackHandler class in the West Wind Web & Ajax Toolkit. CallbackHandler can be very easily used for creating AJAX, REST and POX requests following RPC style method mapping. You can pass parameters via URL query string, POST data or raw data structures, and you can retrieve results as JSON, XML or raw string/binary data. It’s a quick and easy way to build service interfaces with no fuss. As a quick review here’s how CallbackHandler works: You create an Http Handler that derives from CallbackHandler You implement methods that have a [CallbackMethod] Attribute and that’s it. Here’s an example of an CallbackHandler implementation in an ashx.cs based handler:// RestService.ashx.cs public class RestService : CallbackHandler { [CallbackMethod] public StockQuote GetStockQuote(string symbol) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); return server.GetStockQuote(symbol); } [CallbackMethod] public StockQuote[] GetStockQuotes(string symbolList) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); string[] symbols = symbolList.Split(new char[2] { ',',';' },StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries); return server.GetStockQuotes(symbols); } } CallbackHandler makes it super easy to create a method on the server, pass data to it via POST, QueryString or raw JSON/XML data, and then retrieve the results easily back in various formats. This works wonderful and I’ve used these tools in many projects for myself and with clients. But one thing missing has been the ability to create clean URLs. Typical URLs looked like this: http://www.west-wind.com/WestwindWebToolkit/samples/Rest/StockService.ashx?Method=GetStockQuote&symbol=msfthttp://www.west-wind.com/WestwindWebToolkit/samples/Rest/StockService.ashx?Method=GetStockQuotes&symbolList=msft,intc,gld,slw,mwe&format=xml which works and is clear enough, but also clearly very ugly. It would be much nicer if URLs could look like this: http://www.west-wind.com//WestwindWebtoolkit/Samples/StockQuote/msfthttp://www.west-wind.com/WestwindWebtoolkit/Samples/StockQuotes/msft,intc,gld,slw?format=xml (the Virtual Root in this sample is WestWindWebToolkit/Samples and StockQuote/{symbol} is the route)(If you use FireFox try using the JSONView plug-in make it easier to view JSON content) So, taking a clue from the WCF REST tools that use RouteUrls I set out to create a way to specify RouteUrls for each of the endpoints. The change made basically allows changing the above to: [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="RestService/StockQuote/{symbol}")] public StockQuote GetStockQuote(string symbol) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); return server.GetStockQuote(symbol); } [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl = "RestService/StockQuotes/{symbolList}")] public StockQuote[] GetStockQuotes(string symbolList) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); string[] symbols = symbolList.Split(new char[2] { ',',';' },StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries); return server.GetStockQuotes(symbols); } where a RouteUrl is specified as part of the Callback attribute. And with the changes made with RouteUrls I can now get URLs like the second set shown earlier. So how does that work? Let’s find out… How to Create Custom Routes As mentioned earlier Routing is made up of several steps: Creating a custom RouteHandler to create HttpHandler instances Mapping the actual Routes to the RouteHandler Retrieving the RouteData and actually doing something useful with it in the HttpHandler In the CallbackHandler routing example above this works out to something like this: Create a custom RouteHandler that includes a property to track the method to call Set up the routes using Reflection against the class Looking for any RouteUrls in the CallbackMethod attribute Add a RouteData property to the CallbackHandler so we can access the RouteData in the code of the handler Creating a Custom Route Handler To make the above work I created a custom RouteHandler class that includes the actual IRouteHandler implementation as well as a generic and static method to automatically register all routes marked with the [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="…")] attribute. Here’s the code:/// <summary> /// Route handler that can create instances of CallbackHandler derived /// callback classes. The route handler tracks the method name and /// creates an instance of the service in a predictable manner /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="TCallbackHandler">CallbackHandler type</typeparam> public class CallbackHandlerRouteHandler : IRouteHandler { /// <summary> /// Method name that is to be called on this route. /// Set by the automatically generated RegisterRoutes /// invokation. /// </summary> public string MethodName { get; set; } /// <summary> /// The type of the handler we're going to instantiate. /// Needed so we can semi-generically instantiate the /// handler and call the method on it. /// </summary> public Type CallbackHandlerType { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Constructor to pass in the two required components we /// need to create an instance of our handler. /// </summary> /// <param name="methodName"></param> /// <param name="callbackHandlerType"></param> public CallbackHandlerRouteHandler(string methodName, Type callbackHandlerType) { MethodName = methodName; CallbackHandlerType = callbackHandlerType; } /// <summary> /// Retrieves an Http Handler based on the type specified in the constructor /// </summary> /// <param name="requestContext"></param> /// <returns></returns> IHttpHandler IRouteHandler.GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; // If we're dealing with a Callback Handler // pass the RouteData for this route to the Handler if (handler is CallbackHandler) ((CallbackHandler)handler).RouteData = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; } /// <summary> /// Generic method to register all routes from a CallbackHandler /// that have RouteUrls defined on the [CallbackMethod] attribute /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="TCallbackHandler">CallbackHandler Type</typeparam> /// <param name="routes"></param> public static void RegisterRoutes<TCallbackHandler>(RouteCollection routes) { // find all methods var methods = typeof(TCallbackHandler).GetMethods(BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public); foreach (var method in methods) { var attrs = method.GetCustomAttributes(typeof(CallbackMethodAttribute), false); if (attrs.Length < 1) continue; CallbackMethodAttribute attr = attrs[0] as CallbackMethodAttribute; if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(attr.RouteUrl)) continue; // Add the route routes.Add(method.Name, new Route(attr.RouteUrl, new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler(method.Name, typeof(TCallbackHandler)))); } } } The RouteHandler implements IRouteHandler, and its responsibility via the GetHandler method is to create an HttpHandler based on the route data. When ASP.NET calls GetHandler it passes a requestContext parameter which includes a requestContext.RouteData property. This parameter holds the current request’s route data as well as an instance of the current RouteHandler. If you look at GetHttpHandler() you can see that the code creates an instance of the handler we are interested in and then sets the RouteData property on the handler. This is how you can pass the current request’s RouteData to the handler. The RouteData object also has a  RouteData.RouteHandler property that is also available to the Handler later, which is useful in order to get additional information about the current route. In our case here the RouteHandler includes a MethodName property that identifies the method to execute in the handler since that value no longer comes from the URL so we need to figure out the method name some other way. The method name is mapped explicitly when the RouteHandler is created and here the static method that auto-registers all CallbackMethods with RouteUrls sets the method name when it creates the routes while reflecting over the methods (more on this in a minute). The important point here is that you can attach additional properties to the RouteHandler and you can then later access the RouteHandler and its properties later in the Handler to pick up these custom values. This is a crucial feature in that the RouteHandler serves in passing additional context to the handler so it knows what actions to perform. The automatic route registration is handled by the static RegisterRoutes<TCallbackHandler> method. This method is generic and totally reusable for any CallbackHandler type handler. To register a CallbackHandler and any RouteUrls it has defined you simple use code like this in Application_Start (or other application startup code):protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { // Register Routes for RestService CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes<RestService>(RouteTable.Routes); } If you have multiple CallbackHandler style services you can make multiple calls to RegisterRoutes for each of the service types. RegisterRoutes internally uses reflection to run through all the methods of the Handler, looking for CallbackMethod attributes and whether a RouteUrl is specified. If it is a new instance of a CallbackHandlerRouteHandler is created and the name of the method and the type are set. routes.Add(method.Name,           new Route(attr.RouteUrl, new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler(method.Name, typeof(TCallbackHandler) )) ); While the routing with CallbackHandlerRouteHandler is set up automatically for all methods that use the RouteUrl attribute, you can also use code to hook up those routes manually and skip using the attribute. The code for this is straightforward and just requires that you manually map each individual route to each method you want a routed: protected void Application_Start(objectsender, EventArgs e){    RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes);}void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes) { routes.Add("StockQuote Route",new Route("StockQuote/{symbol}",                     new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler("GetStockQuote",typeof(RestService) ) ) );     routes.Add("StockQuotes Route",new Route("StockQuotes/{symbolList}",                     new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler("GetStockQuotes",typeof(RestService) ) ) );}I think it’s clearly easier to have CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes() do this automatically for you based on RouteUrl attributes, but some people have a real aversion to attaching logic via attributes. Just realize that the option to manually create your routes is available as well. Using the RouteData in the Handler A RouteHandler’s responsibility is to create an HttpHandler and as mentioned earlier, natively IHttpHandler doesn’t have any support for RouteData. In order to utilize RouteData in your handler code you have to pass the RouteData to the handler. In my CallbackHandlerRouteHandler when it creates the HttpHandler instance it creates the instance and then assigns the custom RouteData property on the handler:IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; if (handler is CallbackHandler) ((CallbackHandler)handler).RouteData = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; Again this only works if you actually add a RouteData property to your handler explicitly as I did in my CallbackHandler implementation:/// <summary> /// Optionally store RouteData on this handler /// so we can access it internally /// </summary> public RouteData RouteData {get; set; } and the RouteHandler needs to set it when it creates the handler instance. Once you have the route data in your handler you can access Route Keys and Values and also the RouteHandler. Since my RouteHandler has a custom property for the MethodName to retrieve it from within the handler I can do something like this now to retrieve the MethodName (this example is actually not in the handler but target is an instance pass to the processor): // check for Route Data method name if (target is CallbackHandler) { var routeData = ((CallbackHandler)target).RouteData; if (routeData != null) methodToCall = ((CallbackHandlerRouteHandler)routeData.RouteHandler).MethodName; } When I need to access the dynamic values in the route ( symbol in StockQuote/{symbol}) I can retrieve it easily with the Values collection (RouteData.Values["symbol"]). In my CallbackHandler processing logic I’m basically looking for matching parameter names to Route parameters: // look for parameters in the routeif(routeData != null){    string parmString = routeData.Values[parameter.Name] as string;    adjustedParms[parmCounter] = ReflectionUtils.StringToTypedValue(parmString, parameter.ParameterType);} And with that we’ve come full circle. We’ve created a custom RouteHandler() that passes the RouteData to the handler it creates. We’ve registered our routes to use the RouteHandler, and we’ve utilized the route data in our handler. For completeness sake here’s the routine that executes a method call based on the parameters passed in and one of the options is to retrieve the inbound parameters off RouteData (as well as from POST data or QueryString parameters):internal object ExecuteMethod(string method, object target, string[] parameters, CallbackMethodParameterType paramType, ref CallbackMethodAttribute callbackMethodAttribute) { HttpRequest Request = HttpContext.Current.Request; object Result = null; // Stores parsed parameters (from string JSON or QUeryString Values) object[] adjustedParms = null; Type PageType = target.GetType(); MethodInfo MI = PageType.GetMethod(method, BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.NonPublic); if (MI == null) throw new InvalidOperationException("Invalid Server Method."); object[] methods = MI.GetCustomAttributes(typeof(CallbackMethodAttribute), false); if (methods.Length < 1) throw new InvalidOperationException("Server method is not accessible due to missing CallbackMethod attribute"); if (callbackMethodAttribute != null) callbackMethodAttribute = methods[0] as CallbackMethodAttribute; ParameterInfo[] parms = MI.GetParameters(); JSONSerializer serializer = new JSONSerializer(); RouteData routeData = null; if (target is CallbackHandler) routeData = ((CallbackHandler)target).RouteData; int parmCounter = 0; adjustedParms = new object[parms.Length]; foreach (ParameterInfo parameter in parms) { // Retrieve parameters out of QueryString or POST buffer if (parameters == null) { // look for parameters in the route if (routeData != null) { string parmString = routeData.Values[parameter.Name] as string; adjustedParms[parmCounter] = ReflectionUtils.StringToTypedValue(parmString, parameter.ParameterType); } // GET parameter are parsed as plain string values - no JSON encoding else if (HttpContext.Current.Request.HttpMethod == "GET") { // Look up the parameter by name string parmString = Request.QueryString[parameter.Name]; adjustedParms[parmCounter] = ReflectionUtils.StringToTypedValue(parmString, parameter.ParameterType); } // POST parameters are treated as methodParameters that are JSON encoded else if (paramType == CallbackMethodParameterType.Json) //string newVariable = methodParameters.GetValue(parmCounter) as string; adjustedParms[parmCounter] = serializer.Deserialize(Request.Params["parm" + (parmCounter + 1).ToString()], parameter.ParameterType); else adjustedParms[parmCounter] = SerializationUtils.DeSerializeObject( Request.Params["parm" + (parmCounter + 1).ToString()], parameter.ParameterType); } else if (paramType == CallbackMethodParameterType.Json) adjustedParms[parmCounter] = serializer.Deserialize(parameters[parmCounter], parameter.ParameterType); else adjustedParms[parmCounter] = SerializationUtils.DeSerializeObject(parameters[parmCounter], parameter.ParameterType); parmCounter++; } Result = MI.Invoke(target, adjustedParms); return Result; } The code basically uses Reflection to loop through all the parameters available on the method and tries to assign the parameters from RouteData, QueryString or POST variables. The parameters are converted into their appropriate types and then used to eventually make a Reflection based method call. What’s sweet is that the RouteData retrieval is just another option for dealing with the inbound data in this scenario and it adds exactly two lines of code plus the code to retrieve the MethodName I showed previously – a seriously low impact addition that adds a lot of extra value to this endpoint callback processing implementation. Debugging your Routes If you create a lot of routes it’s easy to run into Route conflicts where multiple routes have the same path and overlap with each other. This can be difficult to debug especially if you are using automatically generated routes like the routes created by CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes. Luckily there’s a tool that can help you out with this nicely. Phill Haack created a RouteDebugging tool you can download and add to your project. The easiest way to do this is to grab and add this to your project is to use NuGet (Add Library Package from your Project’s Reference Nodes):   which adds a RouteDebug assembly to your project. Once installed you can easily debug your routes with this simple line of code which needs to be installed at application startup:protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes<StockService>(RouteTable.Routes); // Debug your routes RouteDebug.RouteDebugger.RewriteRoutesForTesting(RouteTable.Routes); } Any routed URL then displays something like this: The screen shows you your current route data and all the routes that are mapped along with a flag that displays which route was actually matched. This is useful – if you have any overlap of routes you will be able to see which routes are triggered – the first one in the sequence wins. This tool has saved my ass on a few occasions – and with NuGet now it’s easy to add it to your project in a few seconds and then remove it when you’re done. Routing Around Custom routing seems slightly complicated on first blush due to its disconnected components of RouteHandler, route registration and mapping of custom handlers. But once you understand the relationship between a RouteHandler, the RouteData and how to pass it to a handler, utilizing of Routing becomes a lot easier as you can easily pass context from the registration to the RouteHandler and through to the HttpHandler. The most important thing to understand when building custom routing solutions is to figure out how to map URLs in such a way that the handler can figure out all the pieces it needs to process the request. This can be via URL routing parameters and as I did in my example by passing additional context information as part of the RouteHandler instance that provides the proper execution context. In my case this ‘context’ was the method name, but it could be an actual static value like an enum identifying an operation or category in an application. Basically user supplied data comes in through the url and static application internal data can be passed via RouteHandler property values. Routing can make your application URLs easier to read by non-techie types regardless of whether you’re building Service type or REST applications, or full on Web interfaces. Routing in ASP.NET 4.0 makes it possible to create just about any extensionless URLs you can dream up and custom RouteHanmdler References Sample ProjectIncludes the sample CallbackHandler service discussed here along with compiled versionsof the Westwind.Web and Westwind.Utilities assemblies.  (requires .NET 4.0/VS 2010) West Wind Web Toolkit includes full implementation of CallbackHandler and the Routing Handler West Wind Web Toolkit Source CodeContains the full source code to the Westwind.Web and Westwind.Utilities assemblies usedin these samples. Includes the source described in the post.(Latest build in the Subversion Repository) CallbackHandler Source(Relevant code to this article tree in Westwind.Web assembly) JSONView FireFoxPluginA simple FireFox Plugin to easily view JSON data natively in FireFox.For IE you can use a registry hack to display JSON as raw text.© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2011Posted in ASP.NET  AJAX  HTTP  

    Read the article

  • vmware network installation problem

    - by shantanu
    After installation from vmware_bunddle it shows network device error during configuration(First run). Log File: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Log for VMware Workstation pid=5766 version=8.0.2 build=build-591240 option=Release 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: The process is 64-bit. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Host codepage=UTF-8 encoding=UTF-8 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Host is Linux 3.2.0-19-generic Ubuntu precise (development branch) 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Msg_Reset: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: [msg.dictionary.load.openFailed] Cannot open file "/usr/lib/vmware/settings": No such file or directory. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: ---------------------------------------- 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: PREF Optional preferences file not found at /usr/lib/vmware/settings. Using default values. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Msg_Reset: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: [msg.dictionary.load.openFailed] Cannot open file "/root/.vmware/config": No such file or directory. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: ---------------------------------------- 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: PREF Optional preferences file not found at /root/.vmware/config. Using default values. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Msg_Reset: 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: [msg.dictionary.load.openFailed] Cannot open file "/root/.vmware/preferences": No such file or directory. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.880+06:00| vthread-3| I120: ---------------------------------------- 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| I120: PREF Failed to load user preferences. 2012-04-03T20:01:24.881+06:00| vthread-3| W110: Logging to /tmp/vmware-root/modconfig-5766.log 2012-04-03T20:01:25.200+06:00| vthread-3| I120: modconf query interface initialized 2012-04-03T20:01:25.201+06:00| vthread-3| I120: modconf library initialized 2012-04-03T20:01:25.269+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.278+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.284+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.306+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.355+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.355+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.362+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.383+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.434+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.502+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.507+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.511+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.516+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.521+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.561+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.566+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.571+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.576+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.581+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.586+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.593+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.614+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.663+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.740+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.747+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.752+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.757+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.762+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:01:25.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:25.772+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.792+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:25.843+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.838+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.848+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.853+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.858+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:26.863+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.460+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.460+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:28.466+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:28.488+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:28.542+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.542+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmmon. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.553+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmmon module. 2012-04-03T20:01:28.615+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:36.499+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmmon from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:01:36.507+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmmon.ko 2012-04-03T20:01:58.314+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.315+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:01:58.336+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:58.379+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:01:58.431+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.431+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmnet. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.431+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmnet module. 2012-04-03T20:01:58.541+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmnet-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:05.973+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to compile module vmnet! 2012-04-03T20:02:05.984+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:02:05.984+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:02:05.990+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:06.015+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:06.067+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:02:06.067+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmblock. 2012-04-03T20:02:06.067+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmblock module. 2012-04-03T20:02:06.141+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:13.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmblock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:02:13.532+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmblock.ko 2012-04-03T20:02:19.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:02:19.097+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:19.117+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:19.173+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.173+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.174+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:02:19.284+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:28.525+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmci from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:02:28.526+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmci.ko 2012-04-03T20:02:31.760+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.760+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:02:31.766+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:31.786+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:31.838+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.838+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.839+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:02:31.864+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:33.684+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vsock. 2012-04-03T20:02:33.685+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vsock module. 2012-04-03T20:02:33.809+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:02:41.050+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vsock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:02:41.051+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vsock.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:02.757+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.762+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.767+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.771+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.776+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/preferred/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to find /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed version test: /lib/modules/preferred/build/include/linux/version.h not found. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.782+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:02.790+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:02.814+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:02.865+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.958+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.968+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.973+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.978+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:02.983+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.372+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.372+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:04.378+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:04.399+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:04.452+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.452+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmmon. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.452+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmmon module. 2012-04-03T20:03:04.486+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:05.976+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmmon from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmmon.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:05.977+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmmon.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:09.056+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.057+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:09.065+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:09.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:09.142+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.142+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmnet. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.142+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmnet module. 2012-04-03T20:03:09.169+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmnet-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:12.072+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Failed to compile module vmnet! 2012-04-03T20:03:12.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.090+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:12.098+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:12.121+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:12.179+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.179+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmblock. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.179+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmblock module. 2012-04-03T20:03:12.205+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:15.340+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmblock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmblock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:15.341+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmblock.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:18.451+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.451+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:18.457+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:18.480+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:18.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.531+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:03:18.569+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:19.787+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vmci from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:19.789+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vmci.ko 2012-04-03T20:03:22.933+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Trying to find a suitable PBM set for kernel 3.2.0-19-generic. 2012-04-03T20:03:22.933+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Validating path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic 2012-04-03T20:03:22.939+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:22.959+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Your GCC version: 4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:23.009+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Header path /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include for kernel release 3.2.0-19-generic is valid. 2012-04-03T20:03:23.009+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vmci. 2012-04-03T20:03:23.009+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vmci module. 2012-04-03T20:03:23.034+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vmci-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:24.227+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module vsock. 2012-04-03T20:03:24.227+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Extracting the sources of the vsock module. 2012-04-03T20:03:24.254+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Building module with command: /usr/bin/make -j -C /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock-only auto-build SUPPORT_SMP=1 HEADER_DIR=/lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/build/include CC=/usr/bin/gcc GREP=/usr/bin/make IS_GCC_3=no VMCCVER=4.6 2012-04-03T20:03:26.125+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Installing module vsock from /tmp/vmware-root/modules/vsock.o to /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc. 2012-04-03T20:03:26.126+06:00| vthread-3| I120: Registering file: /usr/lib/vmware-installer/2.0/vmware-installer --register-file vmware-vmx regular /lib/modules/3.2.0-19-generic/misc/vsock.ko My System details: cpu : AMD APU dual core E450 ram: 2GB ubuntu: 12.04 (64 bit) I have downloaded Latest vmware version. Thanks in advance

    Read the article

  • An Introduction to Meteor

    - by Stephen.Walther
    The goal of this blog post is to give you a brief introduction to Meteor which is a framework for building Single Page Apps. In this blog entry, I provide a walkthrough of building a simple Movie database app. What is special about Meteor? Meteor has two jaw-dropping features: Live HTML – If you make any changes to the HTML, CSS, JavaScript, or data on the server then every client shows the changes automatically without a browser refresh. For example, if you change the background color of a page to yellow then every open browser will show the new yellow background color without a refresh. Or, if you add a new movie to a collection of movies, then every open browser will display the new movie automatically. With Live HTML, users no longer need a refresh button. Changes to an application happen everywhere automatically without any effort. The Meteor framework handles all of the messy details of keeping all of the clients in sync with the server for you. Latency Compensation – When you modify data on the client, these modifications appear as if they happened on the server without any delay. For example, if you create a new movie then the movie appears instantly. However, that is all an illusion. In the background, Meteor updates the database with the new movie. If, for whatever reason, the movie cannot be added to the database then Meteor removes the movie from the client automatically. Latency compensation is extremely important for creating a responsive web application. You want the user to be able to make instant modifications in the browser and the framework to handle the details of updating the database without slowing down the user. Installing Meteor Meteor is licensed under the open-source MIT license and you can start building production apps with the framework right now. Be warned that Meteor is still in the “early preview” stage. It has not reached a 1.0 release. According to the Meteor FAQ, Meteor will reach version 1.0 in “More than a month, less than a year.” Don’t be scared away by that. You should be aware that, unlike most open source projects, Meteor has financial backing. The Meteor project received an $11.2 million round of financing from Andreessen Horowitz. So, it would be a good bet that this project will reach the 1.0 mark. And, if it doesn’t, the framework as it exists right now is still very powerful. Meteor runs on top of Node.js. You write Meteor apps by writing JavaScript which runs both on the client and on the server. You can build Meteor apps on Windows, Mac, or Linux (Although the support for Windows is still officially unofficial). If you want to install Meteor on Windows then download the MSI from the following URL: http://win.meteor.com/ If you want to install Meteor on Mac/Linux then run the following CURL command from your terminal: curl https://install.meteor.com | /bin/sh Meteor will install all of its dependencies automatically including Node.js. However, I recommend that you install Node.js before installing Meteor by installing Node.js from the following address: http://nodejs.org/ If you let Meteor install Node.js then Meteor won’t install NPM which is the standard package manager for Node.js. If you install Node.js and then you install Meteor then you get NPM automatically. Creating a New Meteor App To get a sense of how Meteor works, I am going to walk through the steps required to create a simple Movie database app. Our app will display a list of movies and contain a form for creating a new movie. The first thing that we need to do is create our new Meteor app. Open a command prompt/terminal window and execute the following command: Meteor create MovieApp After you execute this command, you should see something like the following: Follow the instructions: execute cd MovieApp to change to your MovieApp directory, and run the meteor command. Executing the meteor command starts Meteor on port 3000. Open up your favorite web browser and navigate to http://localhost:3000 and you should see the default Meteor Hello World page: Open up your favorite development environment to see what the Meteor app looks like. Open the MovieApp folder which we just created. Here’s what the MovieApp looks like in Visual Studio 2012: Notice that our MovieApp contains three files named MovieApp.css, MovieApp.html, and MovieApp.js. In other words, it contains a Cascading Style Sheet file, an HTML file, and a JavaScript file. Just for fun, let’s see how the Live HTML feature works. Open up multiple browsers and point each browser at http://localhost:3000. Now, open the MovieApp.html page and modify the text “Hello World!” to “Hello Cruel World!” and save the change. The text in all of the browsers should update automatically without a browser refresh. Pretty amazing, right? Controlling Where JavaScript Executes You write a Meteor app using JavaScript. Some of the JavaScript executes on the client (the browser) and some of the JavaScript executes on the server and some of the JavaScript executes in both places. For a super simple app, you can use the Meteor.isServer and Meteor.isClient properties to control where your JavaScript code executes. For example, the following JavaScript contains a section of code which executes on the server and a section of code which executes in the browser: if (Meteor.isClient) { console.log("Hello Browser!"); } if (Meteor.isServer) { console.log("Hello Server!"); } console.log("Hello Browser and Server!"); When you run the app, the message “Hello Browser!” is written to the browser JavaScript console. The message “Hello Server!” is written to the command/terminal window where you ran Meteor. Finally, the message “Hello Browser and Server!” is execute on both the browser and server and the message appears in both places. For simple apps, using Meteor.isClient and Meteor.isServer to control where JavaScript executes is fine. For more complex apps, you should create separate folders for your server and client code. Here are the folders which you can use in a Meteor app: · client – This folder contains any JavaScript which executes only on the client. · server – This folder contains any JavaScript which executes only on the server. · common – This folder contains any JavaScript code which executes on both the client and server. · lib – This folder contains any JavaScript files which you want to execute before any other JavaScript files. · public – This folder contains static application assets such as images. For the Movie App, we need the client, server, and common folders. Delete the existing MovieApp.js, MovieApp.html, and MovieApp.css files. We will create new files in the right locations later in this walkthrough. Combining HTML, CSS, and JavaScript Files Meteor combines all of your JavaScript files, and all of your Cascading Style Sheet files, and all of your HTML files automatically. If you want to create one humongous JavaScript file which contains all of the code for your app then that is your business. However, if you want to build a more maintainable application, then you should break your JavaScript files into many separate JavaScript files and let Meteor combine them for you. Meteor also combines all of your HTML files into a single file. HTML files are allowed to have the following top-level elements: <head> — All <head> files are combined into a single <head> and served with the initial page load. <body> — All <body> files are combined into a single <body> and served with the initial page load. <template> — All <template> files are compiled into JavaScript templates. Because you are creating a single page app, a Meteor app typically will contain a single HTML file for the <head> and <body> content. However, a Meteor app typically will contain several template files. In other words, all of the interesting stuff happens within the <template> files. Displaying a List of Movies Let me start building the Movie App by displaying a list of movies. In order to display a list of movies, we need to create the following four files: · client\movies.html – Contains the HTML for the <head> and <body> of the page for the Movie app. · client\moviesTemplate.html – Contains the HTML template for displaying the list of movies. · client\movies.js – Contains the JavaScript for supplying data to the moviesTemplate. · server\movies.js – Contains the JavaScript for seeding the database with movies. After you create these files, your folder structure should looks like this: Here’s what the client\movies.html file looks like: <head> <title>My Movie App</title> </head> <body> <h1>Movies</h1> {{> moviesTemplate }} </body>   Notice that it contains <head> and <body> top-level elements. The <body> element includes the moviesTemplate with the syntax {{> moviesTemplate }}. The moviesTemplate is defined in the client/moviesTemplate.html file: <template name="moviesTemplate"> <ul> {{#each movies}} <li> {{title}} </li> {{/each}} </ul> </template> By default, Meteor uses the Handlebars templating library. In the moviesTemplate above, Handlebars is used to loop through each of the movies using {{#each}}…{{/each}} and display the title for each movie using {{title}}. The client\movies.js JavaScript file is used to bind the moviesTemplate to the Movies collection on the client. Here’s what this JavaScript file looks like: // Declare client Movies collection Movies = new Meteor.Collection("movies"); // Bind moviesTemplate to Movies collection Template.moviesTemplate.movies = function () { return Movies.find(); }; The Movies collection is a client-side proxy for the server-side Movies database collection. Whenever you want to interact with the collection of Movies stored in the database, you use the Movies collection instead of communicating back to the server. The moviesTemplate is bound to the Movies collection by assigning a function to the Template.moviesTemplate.movies property. The function simply returns all of the movies from the Movies collection. The final file which we need is the server-side server\movies.js file: // Declare server Movies collection Movies = new Meteor.Collection("movies"); // Seed the movie database with a few movies Meteor.startup(function () { if (Movies.find().count() == 0) { Movies.insert({ title: "Star Wars", director: "Lucas" }); Movies.insert({ title: "Memento", director: "Nolan" }); Movies.insert({ title: "King Kong", director: "Jackson" }); } }); The server\movies.js file does two things. First, it declares the server-side Meteor Movies collection. When you declare a server-side Meteor collection, a collection is created in the MongoDB database associated with your Meteor app automatically (Meteor uses MongoDB as its database automatically). Second, the server\movies.js file seeds the Movies collection (MongoDB collection) with three movies. Seeding the database gives us some movies to look at when we open the Movies app in a browser. Creating New Movies Let me modify the Movies Database App so that we can add new movies to the database of movies. First, I need to create a new template file – named client\movieForm.html – which contains an HTML form for creating a new movie: <template name="movieForm"> <fieldset> <legend>Add New Movie</legend> <form> <div> <label> Title: <input id="title" /> </label> </div> <div> <label> Director: <input id="director" /> </label> </div> <div> <input type="submit" value="Add Movie" /> </div> </form> </fieldset> </template> In order for the new form to show up, I need to modify the client\movies.html file to include the movieForm.html template. Notice that I added {{> movieForm }} to the client\movies.html file: <head> <title>My Movie App</title> </head> <body> <h1>Movies</h1> {{> moviesTemplate }} {{> movieForm }} </body> After I make these modifications, our Movie app will display the form: The next step is to handle the submit event for the movie form. Below, I’ve modified the client\movies.js file so that it contains a handler for the submit event raised when you submit the form contained in the movieForm.html template: // Declare client Movies collection Movies = new Meteor.Collection("movies"); // Bind moviesTemplate to Movies collection Template.moviesTemplate.movies = function () { return Movies.find(); }; // Handle movieForm events Template.movieForm.events = { 'submit': function (e, tmpl) { // Don't postback e.preventDefault(); // create the new movie var newMovie = { title: tmpl.find("#title").value, director: tmpl.find("#director").value }; // add the movie to the db Movies.insert(newMovie); } }; The Template.movieForm.events property contains an event map which maps event names to handlers. In this case, I am mapping the form submit event to an anonymous function which handles the event. In the event handler, I am first preventing a postback by calling e.preventDefault(). This is a single page app, no postbacks are allowed! Next, I am grabbing the new movie from the HTML form. I’m taking advantage of the template find() method to retrieve the form field values. Finally, I am calling Movies.insert() to insert the new movie into the Movies collection. Here, I am explicitly inserting the new movie into the client-side Movies collection. Meteor inserts the new movie into the server-side Movies collection behind the scenes. When Meteor inserts the movie into the server-side collection, the new movie is added to the MongoDB database associated with the Movies app automatically. If server-side insertion fails for whatever reasons – for example, your internet connection is lost – then Meteor will remove the movie from the client-side Movies collection automatically. In other words, Meteor takes care of keeping the client Movies collection and the server Movies collection in sync. If you open multiple browsers, and add movies, then you should notice that all of the movies appear on all of the open browser automatically. You don’t need to refresh individual browsers to update the client-side Movies collection. Meteor keeps everything synchronized between the browsers and server for you. Removing the Insecure Module To make it easier to develop and debug a new Meteor app, by default, you can modify the database directly from the client. For example, you can delete all of the data in the database by opening up your browser console window and executing multiple Movies.remove() commands. Obviously, enabling anyone to modify your database from the browser is not a good idea in a production application. Before you make a Meteor app public, you should first run the meteor remove insecure command from a command/terminal window: Running meteor remove insecure removes the insecure package from the Movie app. Unfortunately, it also breaks our Movie app. We’ll get an “Access denied” error in our browser console whenever we try to insert a new movie. No worries. I’ll fix this issue in the next section. Creating Meteor Methods By taking advantage of Meteor Methods, you can create methods which can be invoked on both the client and the server. By taking advantage of Meteor Methods you can: 1. Perform form validation on both the client and the server. For example, even if an evil hacker bypasses your client code, you can still prevent the hacker from submitting an invalid value for a form field by enforcing validation on the server. 2. Simulate database operations on the client but actually perform the operations on the server. Let me show you how we can modify our Movie app so it uses Meteor Methods to insert a new movie. First, we need to create a new file named common\methods.js which contains the definition of our Meteor Methods: Meteor.methods({ addMovie: function (newMovie) { // Perform form validation if (newMovie.title == "") { throw new Meteor.Error(413, "Missing title!"); } if (newMovie.director == "") { throw new Meteor.Error(413, "Missing director!"); } // Insert movie (simulate on client, do it on server) return Movies.insert(newMovie); } }); The addMovie() method is called from both the client and the server. This method does two things. First, it performs some basic validation. If you don’t enter a title or you don’t enter a director then an error is thrown. Second, the addMovie() method inserts the new movie into the Movies collection. When called on the client, inserting the new movie into the Movies collection just updates the collection. When called on the server, inserting the new movie into the Movies collection causes the database (MongoDB) to be updated with the new movie. You must add the common\methods.js file to the common folder so it will get executed on both the client and the server. Our folder structure now looks like this: We actually call the addMovie() method within our client code in the client\movies.js file. Here’s what the updated file looks like: // Declare client Movies collection Movies = new Meteor.Collection("movies"); // Bind moviesTemplate to Movies collection Template.moviesTemplate.movies = function () { return Movies.find(); }; // Handle movieForm events Template.movieForm.events = { 'submit': function (e, tmpl) { // Don't postback e.preventDefault(); // create the new movie var newMovie = { title: tmpl.find("#title").value, director: tmpl.find("#director").value }; // add the movie to the db Meteor.call( "addMovie", newMovie, function (err, result) { if (err) { alert("Could not add movie " + err.reason); } } ); } }; The addMovie() method is called – on both the client and the server – by calling the Meteor.call() method. This method accepts the following parameters: · The string name of the method to call. · The data to pass to the method (You can actually pass multiple params for the data if you like). · A callback function to invoke after the method completes. In the JavaScript code above, the addMovie() method is called with the new movie retrieved from the HTML form. The callback checks for an error. If there is an error then the error reason is displayed in an alert (please don’t use alerts for validation errors in a production app because they are ugly!). Summary The goal of this blog post was to provide you with a brief walk through of a simple Meteor app. I showed you how you can create a simple Movie Database app which enables you to display a list of movies and create new movies. I also explained why it is important to remove the Meteor insecure package from a production app. I showed you how to use Meteor Methods to insert data into the database instead of doing it directly from the client. I’m very impressed with the Meteor framework. The support for Live HTML and Latency Compensation are required features for many real world Single Page Apps but implementing these features by hand is not easy. Meteor makes it easy.

    Read the article

  • Developing web apps using ASP.NET MVC 3, Razor and EF Code First - Part 1

    - by shiju
    In this post, I will demonstrate web application development using ASP. NET MVC 3, Razor and EF code First. This post will also cover Dependency Injection using Unity 2.0 and generic Repository and Unit of Work for EF Code First. The following frameworks will be used for this step by step tutorial. ASP.NET MVC 3 EF Code First CTP 5 Unity 2.0 Define Domain Model Let’s create domain model for our simple web application Category class public class Category {     public int CategoryId { get; set; }     [Required(ErrorMessage = "Name Required")]     [StringLength(25, ErrorMessage = "Must be less than 25 characters")]     public string Name { get; set;}     public string Description { get; set; }     public virtual ICollection<Expense> Expenses { get; set; } }   Expense class public class Expense {             public int ExpenseId { get; set; }            public string  Transaction { get; set; }     public DateTime Date { get; set; }     public double Amount { get; set; }     public int CategoryId { get; set; }     public virtual Category Category { get; set; } } We have two domain entities - Category and Expense. A single category contains a list of expense transactions and every expense transaction should have a Category. In this post, we will be focusing on CRUD operations for the entity Category and will be working on the Expense entity with a View Model object in the later post. And the source code for this application will be refactored over time. The above entities are very simple POCO (Plain Old CLR Object) classes and the entity Category is decorated with validation attributes in the System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations namespace. Now we want to use these entities for defining model objects for the Entity Framework 4. Using the Code First approach of Entity Framework, we can first define the entities by simply writing POCO classes without any coupling with any API or database library. This approach lets you focus on domain model which will enable Domain-Driven Development for applications. EF code first support is currently enabled with a separate API that is runs on top of the Entity Framework 4. EF Code First is reached CTP 5 when I am writing this article. Creating Context Class for Entity Framework We have created our domain model and let’s create a class in order to working with Entity Framework Code First. For this, you have to download EF Code First CTP 5 and add reference to the assembly EntitFramework.dll. You can also use NuGet to download add reference to EEF Code First.    public class MyFinanceContext : DbContext {     public MyFinanceContext() : base("MyFinance") { }     public DbSet<Category> Categories { get; set; }     public DbSet<Expense> Expenses { get; set; }         }   The above class MyFinanceContext is derived from DbContext that can connect your model classes to a database. The MyFinanceContext class is mapping our Category and Expense class into database tables Categories and Expenses using DbSet<TEntity> where TEntity is any POCO class. When we are running the application at first time, it will automatically create the database. EF code-first look for a connection string in web.config or app.config that has the same name as the dbcontext class. If it is not find any connection string with the convention, it will automatically create database in local SQL Express database by default and the name of the database will be same name as the dbcontext class. You can also define the name of database in constructor of the the dbcontext class. Unlike NHibernate, we don’t have to use any XML based mapping files or Fluent interface for mapping between our model and database. The model classes of Code First are working on the basis of conventions and we can also use a fluent API to refine our model. The convention for primary key is ‘Id’ or ‘<class name>Id’.  If primary key properties are detected with type ‘int’, ‘long’ or ‘short’, they will automatically registered as identity columns in the database by default. Primary key detection is not case sensitive. We can define our model classes with validation attributes in the System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations namespace and it automatically enforces validation rules when a model object is updated or saved. Generic Repository for EF Code First We have created model classes and dbcontext class. Now we have to create generic repository pattern for data persistence with EF code first. If you don’t know about the repository pattern, checkout Martin Fowler’s article on Repository Let’s create a generic repository to working with DbContext and DbSet generics. public interface IRepository<T> where T : class     {         void Add(T entity);         void Delete(T entity);         T GetById(long Id);         IEnumerable<T> All();     }   RepositoryBasse – Generic Repository class public abstract class RepositoryBase<T> where T : class { private MyFinanceContext database; private readonly IDbSet<T> dbset; protected RepositoryBase(IDatabaseFactory databaseFactory) {     DatabaseFactory = databaseFactory;     dbset = Database.Set<T>(); }   protected IDatabaseFactory DatabaseFactory {     get; private set; }   protected MyFinanceContext Database {     get { return database ?? (database = DatabaseFactory.Get()); } } public virtual void Add(T entity) {     dbset.Add(entity);            }        public virtual void Delete(T entity) {     dbset.Remove(entity); }   public virtual T GetById(long id) {     return dbset.Find(id); }   public virtual IEnumerable<T> All() {     return dbset.ToList(); } }   DatabaseFactory class public class DatabaseFactory : Disposable, IDatabaseFactory {     private MyFinanceContext database;     public MyFinanceContext Get()     {         return database ?? (database = new MyFinanceContext());     }     protected override void DisposeCore()     {         if (database != null)             database.Dispose();     } } Unit of Work If you are new to Unit of Work pattern, checkout Fowler’s article on Unit of Work . According to Martin Fowler, the Unit of Work pattern "maintains a list of objects affected by a business transaction and coordinates the writing out of changes and the resolution of concurrency problems." Let’s create a class for handling Unit of Work   public interface IUnitOfWork {     void Commit(); }   UniOfWork class public class UnitOfWork : IUnitOfWork {     private readonly IDatabaseFactory databaseFactory;     private MyFinanceContext dataContext;       public UnitOfWork(IDatabaseFactory databaseFactory)     {         this.databaseFactory = databaseFactory;     }       protected MyFinanceContext DataContext     {         get { return dataContext ?? (dataContext = databaseFactory.Get()); }     }       public void Commit()     {         DataContext.Commit();     } }   The Commit method of the UnitOfWork will call the commit method of MyFinanceContext class and it will execute the SaveChanges method of DbContext class.   Repository class for Category In this post, we will be focusing on the persistence against Category entity and will working on other entities in later post. Let’s create a repository for handling CRUD operations for Category using derive from a generic Repository RepositoryBase<T>.   public class CategoryRepository: RepositoryBase<Category>, ICategoryRepository     {     public CategoryRepository(IDatabaseFactory databaseFactory)         : base(databaseFactory)         {         }                } public interface ICategoryRepository : IRepository<Category> { } If we need additional methods than generic repository for the Category, we can define in the CategoryRepository. Dependency Injection using Unity 2.0 If you are new to Inversion of Control/ Dependency Injection or Unity, please have a look on my articles at http://weblogs.asp.net/shijuvarghese/archive/tags/IoC/default.aspx. I want to create a custom lifetime manager for Unity to store container in the current HttpContext.   public class HttpContextLifetimeManager<T> : LifetimeManager, IDisposable {     public override object GetValue()     {         return HttpContext.Current.Items[typeof(T).AssemblyQualifiedName];     }     public override void RemoveValue()     {         HttpContext.Current.Items.Remove(typeof(T).AssemblyQualifiedName);     }     public override void SetValue(object newValue)     {         HttpContext.Current.Items[typeof(T).AssemblyQualifiedName] = newValue;     }     public void Dispose()     {         RemoveValue();     } }   Let’s create controller factory for Unity in the ASP.NET MVC 3 application. public class UnityControllerFactory : DefaultControllerFactory { IUnityContainer container; public UnityControllerFactory(IUnityContainer container) {     this.container = container; } protected override IController GetControllerInstance(RequestContext reqContext, Type controllerType) {     IController controller;     if (controllerType == null)         throw new HttpException(                 404, String.Format(                     "The controller for path '{0}' could not be found" +     "or it does not implement IController.",                 reqContext.HttpContext.Request.Path));       if (!typeof(IController).IsAssignableFrom(controllerType))         throw new ArgumentException(                 string.Format(                     "Type requested is not a controller: {0}",                     controllerType.Name),                     "controllerType");     try     {         controller= container.Resolve(controllerType) as IController;     }     catch (Exception ex)     {         throw new InvalidOperationException(String.Format(                                 "Error resolving controller {0}",                                 controllerType.Name), ex);     }     return controller; }   }   Configure contract and concrete types in Unity Let’s configure our contract and concrete types in Unity for resolving our dependencies.   private void ConfigureUnity() {     //Create UnityContainer               IUnityContainer container = new UnityContainer()                 .RegisterType<IDatabaseFactory, DatabaseFactory>(new HttpContextLifetimeManager<IDatabaseFactory>())     .RegisterType<IUnitOfWork, UnitOfWork>(new HttpContextLifetimeManager<IUnitOfWork>())     .RegisterType<ICategoryRepository, CategoryRepository>(new HttpContextLifetimeManager<ICategoryRepository>());                 //Set container for Controller Factory                ControllerBuilder.Current.SetControllerFactory(             new UnityControllerFactory(container)); }   In the above ConfigureUnity method, we are registering our types onto Unity container with custom lifetime manager HttpContextLifetimeManager. Let’s call ConfigureUnity method in the Global.asax.cs for set controller factory for Unity and configuring the types with Unity.   protected void Application_Start() {     AreaRegistration.RegisterAllAreas();     RegisterGlobalFilters(GlobalFilters.Filters);     RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes);     ConfigureUnity(); }   Developing web application using ASP.NET MVC 3 We have created our domain model for our web application and also have created repositories and configured dependencies with Unity container. Now we have to create controller classes and views for doing CRUD operations against the Category entity. Let’s create controller class for Category Category Controller   public class CategoryController : Controller {     private readonly ICategoryRepository categoryRepository;     private readonly IUnitOfWork unitOfWork;           public CategoryController(ICategoryRepository categoryRepository, IUnitOfWork unitOfWork)     {         this.categoryRepository = categoryRepository;         this.unitOfWork = unitOfWork;     }       public ActionResult Index()     {         var categories = categoryRepository.All();         return View(categories);     }     [HttpGet]     public ActionResult Edit(int id)     {         var category = categoryRepository.GetById(id);         return View(category);     }       [HttpPost]     public ActionResult Edit(int id, FormCollection collection)     {         var category = categoryRepository.GetById(id);         if (TryUpdateModel(category))         {             unitOfWork.Commit();             return RedirectToAction("Index");         }         else return View(category);                 }       [HttpGet]     public ActionResult Create()     {         var category = new Category();         return View(category);     }           [HttpPost]     public ActionResult Create(Category category)     {         if (!ModelState.IsValid)         {             return View("Create", category);         }                     categoryRepository.Add(category);         unitOfWork.Commit();         return RedirectToAction("Index");     }       [HttpPost]     public ActionResult Delete(int  id)     {         var category = categoryRepository.GetById(id);         categoryRepository.Delete(category);         unitOfWork.Commit();         var categories = categoryRepository.All();         return PartialView("CategoryList", categories);       }        }   Creating Views in Razor Now we are going to create views in Razor for our ASP.NET MVC 3 application.  Let’s create a partial view CategoryList.cshtml for listing category information and providing link for Edit and Delete operations. CategoryList.cshtml @using MyFinance.Helpers; @using MyFinance.Domain; @model IEnumerable<Category>      <table>         <tr>         <th>Actions</th>         <th>Name</th>          <th>Description</th>         </tr>     @foreach (var item in Model) {             <tr>             <td>                 @Html.ActionLink("Edit", "Edit",new { id = item.CategoryId })                 @Ajax.ActionLink("Delete", "Delete", new { id = item.CategoryId }, new AjaxOptions { Confirm = "Delete Expense?", HttpMethod = "Post", UpdateTargetId = "divCategoryList" })                           </td>             <td>                 @item.Name             </td>             <td>                 @item.Description             </td>         </tr>          }       </table>     <p>         @Html.ActionLink("Create New", "Create")     </p> The delete link is providing Ajax functionality using the Ajax.ActionLink. This will call an Ajax request for Delete action method in the CategoryCotroller class. In the Delete action method, it will return Partial View CategoryList after deleting the record. We are using CategoryList view for the Ajax functionality and also for Index view using for displaying list of category information. Let’s create Index view using partial view CategoryList  Index.chtml @model IEnumerable<MyFinance.Domain.Category> @{     ViewBag.Title = "Index"; }    <h2>Category List</h2>    <script src="@Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery.unobtrusive-ajax.min.js")" type="text/javascript"></script>    <div id="divCategoryList">               @Html.Partial("CategoryList", Model) </div>   We can call the partial views using Html.Partial helper method. Now we are going to create View pages for insert and update functionality for the Category. Both view pages are sharing common user interface for entering the category information. So I want to create an EditorTemplate for the Category information. We have to create the EditorTemplate with the same name of entity object so that we can refer it on view pages using @Html.EditorFor(model => model) . So let’s create template with name Category. Let’s create view page for insert Category information   @model MyFinance.Domain.Category   @{     ViewBag.Title = "Save"; }   <h2>Create</h2>   <script src="@Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery.validate.min.js")" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="@Url.Content("~/Scripts/jquery.validate.unobtrusive.min.js")" type="text/javascript"></script>   @using (Html.BeginForm()) {     @Html.ValidationSummary(true)     <fieldset>         <legend>Category</legend>                @Html.EditorFor(model => model)               <p>             <input type="submit" value="Create" />         </p>     </fieldset> }   <div>     @Html.ActionLink("Back to List", "Index") </div> ViewStart file In Razor views, we can add a file named _viewstart.cshtml in the views directory  and this will be shared among the all views with in the Views directory. The below code in the _viewstart.cshtml, sets the Layout page for every Views in the Views folder.      @{     Layout = "~/Views/Shared/_Layout.cshtml"; }   Source Code You can download the source code from http://efmvc.codeplex.com/ . The source will be refactored on over time.   Summary In this post, we have created a simple web application using ASP.NET MVC 3 and EF Code First. We have discussed on technologies and practices such as ASP.NET MVC 3, Razor, EF Code First, Unity 2, generic Repository and Unit of Work. In my later posts, I will modify the application and will be discussed on more things. Stay tuned to my blog  for more posts on step by step application building.

    Read the article

  • Alert visualization recipe: Get out your blender, drop in some sp_send_dbmail, Google Charts API, add your favorite colors and sprinkle with html. Blend till it’s smooth and looks pretty enough to taste.

    - by Maria Zakourdaev
      I really like database monitoring. My email inbox have a constant flow of different types of alerts coming from our production servers with all kinds of information, sometimes more useful and sometimes less useful. Usually database alerts look really simple, it’s usually a plain text email saying “Prod1 Database data file on Server X is 80% used. You’d better grow it manually before some query triggers the AutoGrowth process”. Imagine you could have received email like the one below.  In addition to the alert description it could have also included the the database file growth chart over the past 6 months. Wouldn’t it give you much more information whether the data growth is natural or extreme? That’s truly what data visualization is for. Believe it or not, I have sent the graph below from SQL Server stored procedure without buying any additional data monitoring/visualization tool.   Would you like to visualize your database alerts like I do? Then like myself, you’d love the Google Charts. All you need to know is a little HTML and have a mail profile configured on your SQL Server instance regardless of the SQL Server version. First of all, I hope you know that the sp_send_dbmail procedure has a great parameter @body_format = ‘HTML’, which allows us to send rich and colorful messages instead of boring black and white ones. All that we need is to dynamically create HTML code. This is how, for instance, you can create a table and populate it with some data: DECLARE @html varchar(max) SET @html = '<html>' + '<H3><font id="Text" style='color: Green;'>Top Databases: </H3>' + '<table border="1" bordercolor="#3300FF" style='background-color:#DDF8CC' width='70%' cellpadding='3' cellspacing='3'>' + '<tr><font color="Green"><th>Database Name</th><th>Size</th><th>Physical Name</th></tr>' + CAST( (SELECT TOP 10                             td = name,'',                             td = size * 8/1024 ,'',                             td = physical_name              FROM sys.master_files               ORDER BY size DESC             FOR XML PATH ('tr'),TYPE ) AS VARCHAR(MAX)) + '</table>' EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail @recipients = '[email protected]', @subject ='Top databases', @body = @html, @body_format = 'HTML' This is the result:   If you want to add more visualization effects, you can use Google Charts Tools https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/interactive/docs/index which is a free and rich library of data visualization charts, they’re also easy to populate and embed. There are two versions of the Google Charts Image based charts: https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/gallery/chart_gall This is an old version, it’s officially deprecated although it will be up for a next few years or so. I really enjoy using this one because it can be viewed within the email body. For mobile devices you need to change the “Load remote images” property in your email application configuration.           Charts based on JavaScript classes: https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/interactive/docs/gallery This API is newer, with rich and highly interactive charts, and it’s much more easier to understand and configure. The only downside of it is that they cannot be viewed within the email body. Outlook, Gmail and many other email clients, as part of their security policy, do not run any JavaScript that’s placed within the email body. However, you can still enjoy this API by sending the report as an email attachment. Here is an example of the old version of Google Charts API, sending the same top databases report as in the previous example but instead of a simple table, this script is using a pie chart right from  the T-SQL code DECLARE @html  varchar(8000) DECLARE @Series  varchar(800),@Labels  varchar(8000),@Legend  varchar(8000);     SET @Series = ''; SET @Labels = ''; SET @Legend = ''; SELECT TOP 5 @Series = @Series + CAST(size * 8/1024 as varchar) + ',',                         @Labels = @Labels +CAST(size * 8/1024 as varchar) + 'MB'+'|',                         @Legend = @Legend + name + '|' FROM sys.master_files ORDER BY size DESC SELECT @Series = SUBSTRING(@Series,1,LEN(@Series)-1),         @Labels = SUBSTRING(@Labels,1,LEN(@Labels)-1),         @Legend = SUBSTRING(@Legend,1,LEN(@Legend)-1) SET @html =   '<H3><font color="Green"> '+@@ServerName+' top 5 databases : </H3>'+    '<br>'+    '<img src="http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?'+    'chf=bg,s,DDF8CC&'+    'cht=p&'+    'chs=400x200&'+    'chco=3072F3|7777CC|FF9900|FF0000|4A8C26&'+    'chd=t:'+@Series+'&'+    'chl='+@Labels+'&'+    'chma=0,0,0,0&'+    'chdl='+@Legend+'&'+    'chdlp=b"'+    'alt="'+@@ServerName+' top 5 databases" />'              EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail @recipients = '[email protected]',                             @subject = 'Top databases',                             @body = @html,                             @body_format = 'HTML' This is what you get. Isn’t it great? Chart parameters reference: chf     Gradient fill  bg - backgroud ; s- solid cht     chart type  ( p - pie) chs        chart size width/height chco    series colors chd        chart data string        1,2,3,2 chl        pir chart labels        a|b|c|d chma    chart margins chdl    chart legend            a|b|c|d chdlp    chart legend text        b - bottom of chart   Line graph implementation is also really easy and powerful DECLARE @html varchar(max) DECLARE @Series varchar(max) DECLARE @HourList varchar(max) SET @Series = ''; SET @HourList = ''; SELECT @HourList = @HourList + SUBSTRING(CONVERT(varchar(13),last_execution_time,121), 12,2)  + '|' ,              @Series = @Series + CAST( COUNT(1) as varchar) + ',' FROM sys.dm_exec_query_stats s     CROSS APPLY sys.dm_exec_sql_text(plan_handle) t WHERE last_execution_time > = getdate()-1 GROUP BY CONVERT(varchar(13),last_execution_time,121) ORDER BY CONVERT(varchar(13),last_execution_time,121) SET @Series = SUBSTRING(@Series,1,LEN(@Series)-1) SET @html = '<img src="http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?'+ 'chco=CA3D05,87CEEB&'+ 'chd=t:'+@Series+'&'+ 'chds=1,350&'+ 'chdl= Proc executions from cache&'+ 'chf=bg,s,1F1D1D|c,lg,0,363433,1.0,2E2B2A,0.0&'+ 'chg=25.0,25.0,3,2&'+ 'chls=3|3&'+ 'chm=d,CA3D05,0,-1,12,0|d,FFFFFF,0,-1,8,0|d,87CEEB,1,-1,12,0|d,FFFFFF,1,-1,8,0&'+ 'chs=600x450&'+ 'cht=lc&'+ 'chts=FFFFFF,14&'+ 'chtt=Executions for from' +(SELECT CONVERT(varchar(16),min(last_execution_time),121)          FROM sys.dm_exec_query_stats          WHERE last_execution_time > = getdate()-1) +' till '+ +(SELECT CONVERT(varchar(16),max(last_execution_time),121)     FROM sys.dm_exec_query_stats) + '&'+ 'chxp=1,50.0|4,50.0&'+ 'chxs=0,FFFFFF,12,0|1,FFFFFF,12,0|2,FFFFFF,12,0|3,FFFFFF,12,0|4,FFFFFF,14,0&'+ 'chxt=y,y,x,x,x&'+ 'chxl=0:|1|350|1:|N|2:|'+@HourList+'3:|Hour&'+ 'chma=55,120,0,0" alt="" />' EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail @recipients = '[email protected]', @subject ='Daily number of executions', @body = @html, @body_format = 'HTML' Chart parameters reference: chco    series colors chd        series data chds    scale format chdl    chart legend chf        background fills chg        grid line chls    line style chm        line fill chs        chart size cht        chart type chts    chart style chtt    chart title chxp    axis label positions chxs    axis label styles chxt    axis tick mark styles chxl    axis labels chma    chart margins If you don’t mind to get your charts as an email attachment, you can enjoy the Java based Google Charts which are even easier to configure, and have much more advanced graphics. In the example below, the sp_send_email procedure uses the parameter @query which will be executed at the time that sp_send_dbemail is executed and the HTML result of this execution will be attached to the email. DECLARE @html varchar(max),@query varchar(max) DECLARE @SeriesDBusers  varchar(800);     SET @SeriesDBusers = ''; SELECT @SeriesDBusers = @SeriesDBusers +  ' ["'+DB_NAME(r.database_id) +'", ' +cast(count(1) as varchar)+'],' FROM sys.dm_exec_requests r GROUP BY DB_NAME(database_id) ORDER BY count(1) desc; SET @SeriesDBusers = SUBSTRING(@SeriesDBusers,1,LEN(@SeriesDBusers)-1) SET @query = ' PRINT '' <html>   <head>     <script type="text/javascript" src="https://www.google.com/jsapi"></script>     <script type="text/javascript">       google.load("visualization", "1", {packages:["corechart"]});        google.setOnLoadCallback(drawChart);       function drawChart() {                      var data = google.visualization.arrayToDataTable([                        ["Database Name", "Active users"],                        '+@SeriesDBusers+'                      ]);                        var options = {                        title: "Active users",                        pieSliceText: "value"                      };                        var chart = new google.visualization.PieChart(document.getElementById("chart_div"));                      chart.draw(data, options);       };     </script>   </head>   <body>     <table>     <tr><td>         <div id="chart_div" style='width: 800px; height: 300px;'></div>         </td></tr>     </table>   </body> </html> ''' EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail    @recipients = '[email protected]',    @subject ='Active users',    @body = @html,    @body_format = 'HTML',    @query = @Query,     @attach_query_result_as_file = 1,     @query_attachment_filename = 'Results.htm' After opening the email attachment in the browser you are getting this kind of report: In fact, the above is not only for database alerts. It can be used for applicative reports if you need high levels of customization that you cannot achieve using standard methods like SSRS. If you need more information on how to customize the charts, you can try the following: Image Based Charts wizard https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/chart_wizard  Live Image Charts Playground https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/chart_playground Image Based Charts Parameters List https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/chart_params Java Script Charts Playground https://code.google.com/apis/ajax/playground/?type=visualization Use the above examples as a starting point for your procedures and I’d be more than happy to hear of your implementations of the above techniques. Yours, Maria

    Read the article

  • Nagging As A Strategy For Better Linking: -z guidance

    - by user9154181
    The link-editor (ld) in Solaris 11 has a new feature that we call guidance that is intended to help you build better objects. The basic idea behind guidance is that if (and only if) you request it, the link-editor will issue messages suggesting better options and other changes you might make to your ld command to get better results. You can choose to take the advice, or you can disable specific types of guidance while acting on others. In some ways, this works like an experienced friend leaning over your shoulder and giving you advice — you're free to take it or leave it as you see fit, but you get nudged to do a better job than you might have otherwise. We use guidance to build the core Solaris OS, and it has proven to be useful, both in improving our objects, and in making sure that regressions don't creep back in later. In this article, I'm going to describe the evolution in thinking and design that led to the implementation of the -z guidance option, as well as give a brief description of how it works. The guidance feature issues non-fatal warnings. However, experience shows that once developers get used to ignoring warnings, it is inevitable that real problems will be lost in the noise and ignored or missed. This is why we have a zero tolerance policy against build noise in the core Solaris OS. In order to get maximum benefit from -z guidance while maintaining this policy, I added the -z fatal-warnings option at the same time. Much of the material presented here is adapted from the arc case: PSARC 2010/312 Link-editor guidance The History Of Unfortunate Link-Editor Defaults The Solaris link-editor is one of the oldest Unix commands. It stands to reason that this would be true — in order to write an operating system, you need the ability to compile and link code. The original link-editor (ld) had defaults that made sense at the time. As new features were needed, command line option switches were added to let the user use them, while maintaining backward compatibility for those who didn't. Backward compatibility is always a concern in system design, but is particularly important in the case of the tool chain (compilers, linker, and related tools), since it is a basic building block for the entire system. Over the years, applications have grown in size and complexity. Important concepts like dynamic linking that didn't exist in the original Unix system were invented. Object file formats changed. In the case of System V Release 4 Unix derivatives like Solaris, the ELF (Extensible Linking Format) was adopted. Since then, the ELF system has evolved to provide tools needed to manage today's larger and more complex environments. Features such as lazy loading, and direct bindings have been added. In an ideal world, many of these options would be defaults, with rarely used options that allow the user to turn them off. However, the reality is exactly the reverse: For backward compatibility, these features are all options that must be explicitly turned on by the user. This has led to a situation in which most applications do not take advantage of the many improvements that have been made in linking over the last 20 years. If their code seems to link and run without issue, what motivation does a developer have to read a complex manpage, absorb the information provided, choose the features that matter for their application, and apply them? Experience shows that only the most motivated and diligent programmers will make that effort. We know that most programs would be improved if we could just get you to use the various whizzy features that we provide, but the defaults conspire against us. We have long wanted to do something to make it easier for our users to use the linkers more effectively. There have been many conversations over the years regarding this issue, and how to address it. They always break down along the following lines: Change ld Defaults Since the world would be a better place the newer ld features were the defaults, why not change things to make it so? This idea is simple, elegant, and impossible. Doing so would break a large number of existing applications, including those of ISVs, big customers, and a plethora of existing open source packages. In each case, the owner of that code may choose to follow our lead and fix their code, or they may view it as an invitation to reconsider their commitment to our platform. Backward compatibility, and our installed base of working software, is one of our greatest assets, and not something to be lightly put at risk. Breaking backward compatibility at this level of the system is likely to do more harm than good. But, it sure is tempting. New Link-Editor One might create a new linker command, not called 'ld', leaving the old command as it is. The new one could use the same code as ld, but would offer only modern options, with the proper defaults for features such as direct binding. The resulting link-editor would be a pleasure to use. However, the approach is doomed to niche status. There is a vast pile of exiting code in the world built around the existing ld command, that reaches back to the 1970's. ld use is embedded in large and unknown numbers of makefiles, and is used by name by compilers that execute it. A Unix link-editor that is not named ld will not find a majority audience no matter how good it might be. Finally, a new linker command will eventually cease to be new, and will accumulate its own burden of backward compatibility issues. An Option To Make ld Do The Right Things Automatically This line of reasoning is best summarized by a CR filed in 2005, entitled 6239804 make it easier for ld(1) to do what's best The idea is to have a '-z best' option that unchains ld from its backward compatibility commitment, and allows it to turn on the "best" set of features, as determined by the authors of ld. The specific set of features enabled by -z best would be subject to change over time, as requirements change. This idea is more realistic than the other two, but was never implemented because it has some important issues that we could never answer to our satisfaction: The -z best proposal assumes that the user can turn it on, and trust it to select good options without the user needing to be aware of the options being applied. This is a fallacy. Features such as direct bindings require the user to do some analysis to ensure that the resulting program will still operate properly. A user who is willing to do the work to verify that what -z best does will be OK for their application is capable of turning on those features directly, and therefore gains little added benefit from -z best. The intent is that when a user opts into -z best, that they understand that z best is subject to sometimes incompatible evolution. Experience teaches us that this won't work. People will use this feature, the meaning of -z best will change, code that used to build will fail, and then there will be complaints and demands to retract the change. When (not if) this occurs, we will of course defend our actions, and point at the disclaimer. We'll win some of those debates, and lose others. Ultimately, we'll end up with -z best2 (-z better), or other compromises, and our goal of simplifying the world will have failed. The -z best idea rolls up a set of features that may or may not be related to each other into a unit that must be taken wholesale, or not at all. It could be that only a subset of what it does is compatible with a given application, in which case the user is expected to abandon -z best and instead set the options that apply to their application directly. In doing so, they lose one of the benefits of -z best, that if you use it, future versions of ld may choose a different set of options, and automatically improve the object through the act of rebuilding it. I drew two conclusions from the above history: For a link-editor, backward compatibility is vital. If a given command line linked your application 10 years ago, you have every reason to expect that it will link today, assuming that the libraries you're linking against are still available and compatible with their previous interfaces. For an application of any size or complexity, there is no substitute for the work involved in examining the code and determining which linker options apply and which do not. These options are largely orthogonal to each other, and it can be reasonable not to use any or all of them, depending on the situation, even in modern applications. It is a mistake to tie them together. The idea for -z guidance came from consideration of these points. By decoupling the advice from the act of taking the advice, we can retain the good aspects of -z best while avoiding its pitfalls: -z guidance gives advice, but the decision to take that advice remains with the user who must evaluate its merit and make a decision to take it or not. As such, we are free to change the specific guidance given in future releases of ld, without breaking existing applications. The only fallout from this will be some new warnings in the build output, which can be ignored or dealt with at the user's convenience. It does not couple the various features given into a single "take it or leave it" option, meaning that there will never be a need to offer "-zguidance2", or other such variants as things change over time. Guidance has the potential to be our final word on this subject. The user is given the flexibility to disable specific categories of guidance without losing the benefit of others, including those that might be added to future versions of the system. Although -z fatal-warnings stands on its own as a useful feature, it is of particular interest in combination with -z guidance. Used together, the guidance turns from advice to hard requirement: The user must either make the suggested change, or explicitly reject the advice by specifying a guidance exception token, in order to get a build. This is valuable in environments with high coding standards. ld Command Line Options The guidance effort resulted in new link-editor options for guidance and for turning warnings into fatal errors. Before I reproduce that text here, I'd like to highlight the strategic decisions embedded in the guidance feature: In order to get guidance, you have to opt in. We hope you will opt in, and believe you'll get better objects if you do, but our default mode of operation will continue as it always has, with full backward compatibility, and without judgement. Guidance suggestions always offers specific advice, and not vague generalizations. You can disable some guidance without turning off the entire feature. When you get guidance warnings, you can choose to take the advice, or you can specify a keyword to disable guidance for just that category. This allows you to get guidance for things that are useful to you, without being bothered about things that you've already considered and dismissed. As the world changes, we will add new guidance to steer you in the right direction. All such new guidance will come with a keyword that let's you turn it off. In order to facilitate building your code on different versions of Solaris, we quietly ignore any guidance keywords we don't recognize, assuming that they are intended for newer versions of the link-editor. If you want to see what guidance tokens ld does and does not recognize on your system, you can use the ld debugging feature as follows: % ld -Dargs -z guidance=foo,nodefs debug: debug: Solaris Linkers: 5.11-1.2275 debug: debug: arg[1] option=-D: option-argument: args debug: arg[2] option=-z: option-argument: guidance=foo,nodefs debug: warning: unrecognized -z guidance item: foo The -z fatal-warning option is straightforward, and generally useful in environments with strict coding standards. Note that the GNU ld already had this feature, and we accept their option names as synonyms: -z fatal-warnings | nofatal-warnings --fatal-warnings | --no-fatal-warnings The -z fatal-warnings and the --fatal-warnings option cause the link-editor to treat warnings as fatal errors. The -z nofatal-warnings and the --no-fatal-warnings option cause the link-editor to treat warnings as non-fatal. This is the default behavior. The -z guidance option is defined as follows: -z guidance[=item1,item2,...] Provide guidance messages to suggest ld options that can improve the quality of the resulting object, or which are otherwise considered to be beneficial. The specific guidance offered is subject to change over time as the system evolves. Obsolete guidance offered by older versions of ld may be dropped in new versions. Similarly, new guidance may be added to new versions of ld. Guidance therefore always represents current best practices. It is possible to enable guidance, while preventing specific guidance messages, by providing a list of item tokens, representing the class of guidance to be suppressed. In this way, unwanted advice can be suppressed without losing the benefit of other guidance. Unrecognized item tokens are quietly ignored by ld, allowing a given ld command line to be executed on a variety of older or newer versions of Solaris. The guidance offered by the current version of ld, and the item tokens used to disable these messages, are as follows. Specify Required Dependencies Dynamic executables and shared objects should explicitly define all of the dependencies they require. Guidance recommends the use of the -z defs option, should any symbol references remain unsatisfied when building dynamic objects. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=nodefs. Do Not Specify Non-Required Dependencies Dynamic executables and shared objects should not define any dependencies that do not satisfy the symbol references made by the dynamic object. Guidance recommends that unused dependencies be removed. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=nounused. Lazy Loading Dependencies should be identified for lazy loading. Guidance recommends the use of the -z lazyload option should any dependency be processed before either a -z lazyload or -z nolazyload option is encountered. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=nolazyload. Direct Bindings Dependencies should be referenced with direct bindings. Guidance recommends the use of the -B direct, or -z direct options should any dependency be processed before either of these options, or the -z nodirect option is encountered. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=nodirect. Pure Text Segment Dynamic objects should not contain relocations to non-writable, allocable sections. Guidance recommends compiling objects with Position Independent Code (PIC) should any relocations against the text segment remain, and neither the -z textwarn or -z textoff options are encountered. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=notext. Mapfile Syntax All mapfiles should use the version 2 mapfile syntax. Guidance recommends the use of the version 2 syntax should any mapfiles be encountered that use the version 1 syntax. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=nomapfile. Library Search Path Inappropriate dependencies that are encountered by ld are quietly ignored. For example, a 32-bit dependency that is encountered when generating a 64-bit object is ignored. These dependencies can result from incorrect search path settings, such as supplying an incorrect -L option. Although benign, this dependency processing is wasteful, and might hide a build problem that should be solved. Guidance recommends the removal of any inappropriate dependencies. This guidance can be disabled with -z guidance=nolibpath. In addition, -z guidance=noall can be used to entirely disable the guidance feature. See Chapter 7, Link-Editor Quick Reference, in the Linker and Libraries Guide for more information on guidance and advice for building better objects. Example The following example demonstrates how the guidance feature is intended to work. We will build a shared object that has a variety of shortcomings: Does not specify all it's dependencies Specifies dependencies it does not use Does not use direct bindings Uses a version 1 mapfile Contains relocations to the readonly allocable text (not PIC) This scenario is sadly very common — many shared objects have one or more of these issues. % cat hello.c #include <stdio.h> #include <unistd.h> void hello(void) { printf("hello user %d\n", getpid()); } % cat mapfile.v1 # This version 1 mapfile will trigger a guidance message % cc hello.c -o hello.so -G -M mapfile.v1 -lelf As you can see, the operation completes without error, resulting in a usable object. However, turning on guidance reveals a number of things that could be better: % cc hello.c -o hello.so -G -M mapfile.v1 -lelf -zguidance ld: guidance: version 2 mapfile syntax recommended: mapfile.v1 ld: guidance: -z lazyload option recommended before first dependency ld: guidance: -B direct or -z direct option recommended before first dependency Undefined first referenced symbol in file getpid hello.o (symbol belongs to implicit dependency /lib/libc.so.1) printf hello.o (symbol belongs to implicit dependency /lib/libc.so.1) ld: warning: symbol referencing errors ld: guidance: -z defs option recommended for shared objects ld: guidance: removal of unused dependency recommended: libelf.so.1 warning: Text relocation remains referenced against symbol offset in file .rodata1 (section) 0xa hello.o getpid 0x4 hello.o printf 0xf hello.o ld: guidance: position independent (PIC) code recommended for shared objects ld: guidance: see ld(1) -z guidance for more information Given the explicit advice in the above guidance messages, it is relatively easy to modify the example to do the right things: % cat mapfile.v2 # This version 2 mapfile will not trigger a guidance message $mapfile_version 2 % cc hello.c -o hello.so -Kpic -G -Bdirect -M mapfile.v2 -lc -zguidance There are situations in which the guidance does not fit the object being built. For instance, you want to build an object without direct bindings: % cc -Kpic hello.c -o hello.so -G -M mapfile.v2 -lc -zguidance ld: guidance: -B direct or -z direct option recommended before first dependency ld: guidance: see ld(1) -z guidance for more information It is easy to disable that specific guidance warning without losing the overall benefit from allowing the remainder of the guidance feature to operate: % cc -Kpic hello.c -o hello.so -G -M mapfile.v2 -lc -zguidance=nodirect Conclusions The linking guidelines enforced by the ld guidance feature correspond rather directly to our standards for building the core Solaris OS. I'm sure that comes as no surprise. It only makes sense that we would want to build our own product as well as we know how. Solaris is usually the first significant test for any new linker feature. We now enable guidance by default for all builds, and the effect has been very positive. Guidance helps us find suboptimal objects more quickly. Programmers get concrete advice for what to change instead of vague generalities. Even in the cases where we override the guidance, the makefile rules to do so serve as documentation of the fact. Deciding to use guidance is likely to cause some up front work for most code, as it forces you to consider using new features such as direct bindings. Such investigation is worthwhile, but does not come for free. However, the guidance suggestions offer a structured and straightforward way to tackle modernizing your objects, and once that work is done, for keeping them that way. The investment is often worth it, and will replay you in terms of better performance and fewer problems. I hope that you find guidance to be as useful as we have.

    Read the article

  • How to create Custom ListForm WebPart

    - by DipeshBhanani
    Mostly all who works extensively on SharePoint (including meJ) don’t like to use out-of-box list forms (DispForm.aspx, EditForm.aspx, NewForm.aspx) as interface. Actually these OOB list forms bind hands of developers for the customization. It gives headache to developers to add just one post back event, for a dropdown field and to populate other fields in NewForm.aspx or EditForm.aspx. On top of that clients always ask such stuff. So here I am going to give you guys a flight for SharePoint Customization world. In this blog, I will explain, how to create CustomListForm WebPart. In my next blogs, I am going to explain easy deployment of List Forms through features and last, guidance on using SharePoint web controls. 1.       First thing, create a class library project through Visual Studio and inherit the class with WebPart class.     public class CustomListForm : WebPart   2.       Declare the public variables and properties which we are going to use throughout the class. You will get to know these once you see them in use.         #region "Variable Declaration"           Table spTableCntl;         FormToolBar formToolBar;         Literal ltAlertMessage;         Guid SiteId;         Guid ListId;         int ItemId;         string ListName;           #endregion           #region "Properties"           SPControlMode _ControlMode = SPControlMode.New;         [Personalizable(PersonalizationScope.Shared),          WebBrowsable(true),          WebDisplayName("Control Mode"),          WebDescription("Set Control Mode"),          DefaultValue(""),          Category("Miscellaneous")]         public SPControlMode ControlMode         {             get { return _ControlMode; }             set { _ControlMode = value; }         }           #endregion     The property “ControlMode” is used to identify the mode of the List Form. The property is of type SPControlMode which is an enum type with values (Display, Edit, New and Invalid). When we will add this WebPart to DispForm.aspx, EditForm.aspx and NewForm.aspx, we will set the WebPart property “ControlMode” to Display, Edit and New respectively.     3.       Now, we need to override the CreateChildControl method and write code to manually add SharePoint Web Controls related to each list fields as well as ToolBar controls.         protected override void CreateChildControls()         {             base.CreateChildControls();               try             {                 SiteId = SPContext.Current.Site.ID;                 ListId = SPContext.Current.ListId;                 ListName = SPContext.Current.List.Title;                   if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Display || _ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit)                     ItemId = SPContext.Current.ItemId;                   SPSecurity.RunWithElevatedPrivileges(delegate()                 {                     using (SPSite site = new SPSite(SiteId))                     {                         //creating a new SPSite with credentials of System Account                         using (SPWeb web = site.OpenWeb())                         {                               //<Custom Code for creating form controls>                         }                     }                 });             }             catch (Exception ex)             {                 ShowError(ex, "CreateChildControls");             }         }   Here we are assuming that we are developing this WebPart to plug into List Forms. Hence we will get the List Id and List Name from the current context. We can have Item Id only in case of Display and Edit Mode. We are putting our code into “RunWithElevatedPrivileges” to elevate privileges to System Account. Now, let’s get deep down into the main code and expand “//<Custom Code for creating form controls>”. Before initiating any SharePoint control, we need to set context of SharePoint web controls explicitly so that it will be instantiated with elevated System Account user. Following line does the job.     //To create SharePoint controls with new web object and System Account credentials     SPControl.SetContextWeb(Context, web);   First thing, let’s add main table as container for all controls.     //Table to render webpart     Table spTableMain = new Table();     spTableMain.CellPadding = 0;     spTableMain.CellSpacing = 0;     spTableMain.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);     this.Controls.Add(spTableMain);   Now we need to add Top toolbar with Save and Cancel button at top as you see in the below screen shot.       // Add Row and Cell for Top ToolBar     TableRow spRowTopToolBar = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowTopToolBar);     TableCell spCellTopToolBar = new TableCell();     spRowTopToolBar.Cells.Add(spCellTopToolBar);     spCellTopToolBar.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);         ToolBar toolBarTop = (ToolBar)Page.LoadControl("/_controltemplates/ToolBar.ascx");     toolBarTop.CssClass = "ms-formtoolbar";     toolBarTop.ID = "toolBarTbltop";     toolBarTop.RightButtons.SeparatorHtml = "<td class=ms-separator> </td>";       if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display)     {         SaveButton btnSave = new SaveButton();         btnSave.ControlMode = _ControlMode;         btnSave.ListId = ListId;           if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.New)             btnSave.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(web);         else         {             btnSave.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);             btnSave.ItemContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);             btnSave.ItemId = ItemId;         }         toolBarTop.RightButtons.Controls.Add(btnSave);     }       GoBackButton goBackButtonTop = new GoBackButton();     toolBarTop.RightButtons.Controls.Add(goBackButtonTop);     goBackButtonTop.ControlMode = SPControlMode.Display;       spCellTopToolBar.Controls.Add(toolBarTop);   Here we have use “SaveButton” and “GoBackButton” which are internal SharePoint web controls for save and cancel functionality. I have set some of the properties of Save Button with if-else condition because we will not have Item Id in case of New Mode. Item Id property is used to identify which SharePoint List Item need to be saved. Now, add Form Toolbar to the page which contains “Attach File”, “Delete Item” etc buttons.       // Add Row and Cell for FormToolBar     TableRow spRowFormToolBar = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowFormToolBar);     TableCell spCellFormToolBar = new TableCell();     spRowFormToolBar.Cells.Add(spCellFormToolBar);     spCellFormToolBar.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);       FormToolBar formToolBar = new FormToolBar();     formToolBar.ID = "formToolBar";     formToolBar.ListId = ListId;     if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.New)         formToolBar.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(web);     else     {         formToolBar.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);         formToolBar.ItemContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);         formToolBar.ItemId = ItemId;     }     formToolBar.ControlMode = _ControlMode;     formToolBar.EnableViewState = true;       spCellFormToolBar.Controls.Add(formToolBar);     The ControlMode property will take care of which button to be displayed on the toolbar. E.g. “Attach files”, “Delete Item” in new/edit forms and “New Item”, “Edit Item”, “Delete Item”, “Manage Permissions” etc in display forms. Now add main section which contains form field controls.     //Create Form Field controls and add them in Table "spCellCntl"     CreateFieldControls(web);     //Add public variable "spCellCntl" containing all form controls to the page     spRowCntl.Cells.Add(spCellCntl);     spCellCntl.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);     spCellCntl.Controls.Add(spTableCntl);       //Add a Blank Row with height of 5px to render space between ToolBar table and Control table     TableRow spRowLine1 = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowLine1);     TableCell spCellLine1 = new TableCell();     spRowLine1.Cells.Add(spCellLine1);     spCellLine1.Height = new Unit(5, UnitType.Pixel);     spCellLine1.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl("<IMG SRC='/_layouts/images/blank.gif' width=1 height=1 alt=''>"));       //Add Row and Cell for Form Controls Section     TableRow spRowCntl = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowCntl);     TableCell spCellCntl = new TableCell();       //Create Form Field controls and add them in Table "spCellCntl"     CreateFieldControls(web);     //Add public variable "spCellCntl" containing all form controls to the page     spRowCntl.Cells.Add(spCellCntl);     spCellCntl.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);     spCellCntl.Controls.Add(spTableCntl);       TableRow spRowLine2 = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowLine2);     TableCell spCellLine2 = new TableCell();     spRowLine2.Cells.Add(spCellLine2);     spCellLine2.CssClass = "ms-formline";     spCellLine2.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl("<IMG SRC='/_layouts/images/blank.gif' width=1 height=1 alt=''>"));       // Add Blank row with height of 5 pixel     TableRow spRowLine3 = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowLine3);     TableCell spCellLine3 = new TableCell();     spRowLine3.Cells.Add(spCellLine3);     spCellLine3.Height = new Unit(5, UnitType.Pixel);     spCellLine3.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl("<IMG SRC='/_layouts/images/blank.gif' width=1 height=1 alt=''>"));   You can add bottom toolbar also to get same look and feel as OOB forms. I am not adding here as the blog will be much lengthy. At last, you need to write following lines to allow unsafe updates for Save and Delete button.     // Allow unsafe update on web for save button and delete button     if (this.Page.IsPostBack && this.Page.Request["__EventTarget"] != null         && (this.Page.Request["__EventTarget"].Contains("IOSaveItem")         || this.Page.Request["__EventTarget"].Contains("IODeleteItem")))     {         SPContext.Current.Web.AllowUnsafeUpdates = true;     }   So that’s all. We have finished writing Custom Code for adding field control. But something most important is skipped. In above code, I have called function “CreateFieldControls(web);” to add SharePoint field controls to the page. Let’s see the implementation of the function:     private void CreateFieldControls(SPWeb pWeb)     {         SPList listMain = pWeb.Lists[ListId];         SPFieldCollection fields = listMain.Fields;           //Main Table to render all fields         spTableCntl = new Table();         spTableCntl.BorderWidth = new Unit(0);         spTableCntl.CellPadding = 0;         spTableCntl.CellSpacing = 0;         spTableCntl.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);         spTableCntl.CssClass = "ms-formtable";           SPContext controlContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, pWeb);           foreach (SPField listField in fields)         {             string fieldDisplayName = listField.Title;             string fieldInternalName = listField.InternalName;               //Skip if the field is system field or hidden             if (listField.Hidden || listField.ShowInVersionHistory == false)                 continue;               //Skip if the control mode is display and field is read-only             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && listField.ReadOnlyField == true)                 continue;               FieldLabel fieldLabel = new FieldLabel();             fieldLabel.FieldName = listField.InternalName;             fieldLabel.ListId = ListId;               BaseFieldControl fieldControl = listField.FieldRenderingControl;             fieldControl.ListId = ListId;             //Assign unique id using Field Internal Name             fieldControl.ID = string.Format("Field_{0}", fieldInternalName);             fieldControl.EnableViewState = true;               //Assign control mode             fieldLabel.ControlMode = _ControlMode;             fieldControl.ControlMode = _ControlMode;             switch (_ControlMode)             {                 case SPControlMode.New:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     fieldControl.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     break;                 case SPControlMode.Edit:                 case SPControlMode.Display:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemId = ItemId;                       fieldControl.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemId = ItemId;                     break;             }               //Add row to display a field row             TableRow spCntlRow = new TableRow();             spTableCntl.Rows.Add(spCntlRow);               //Add the cells for containing field lable and control             TableCell spCellLabel = new TableCell();             spCellLabel.Width = new Unit(30, UnitType.Percentage);             spCellLabel.CssClass = "ms-formlabel";             spCntlRow.Cells.Add(spCellLabel);             TableCell spCellControl = new TableCell();             spCellControl.Width = new Unit(70, UnitType.Percentage);             spCellControl.CssClass = "ms-formbody";             spCntlRow.Cells.Add(spCellControl);               //Add the control to the table cells             spCellLabel.Controls.Add(fieldLabel);             spCellControl.Controls.Add(fieldControl);               //Add description if there is any in case of New and Edit Mode             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && listField.Description != string.Empty)             {                 FieldDescription fieldDesc = new FieldDescription();                 fieldDesc.FieldName = fieldInternalName;                 fieldDesc.ListId = ListId;                 spCellControl.Controls.Add(fieldDesc);             }               //Disable Name(Title) in Edit Mode             if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit && fieldDisplayName == "Name")             {                 TextBox txtTitlefield = (TextBox)fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("TextField");                 txtTitlefield.Enabled = false;             }         }         fields = null;     }   First of all, I have declared List object and got list fields in field collection object called “fields”. Then I have added a table for the container of all controls and assign CSS class as "ms-formtable" so that it gives consistent look and feel of SharePoint. Now it’s time to navigate through all fields and add them if required. Here we don’t need to add hidden or system fields. We also don’t want to display read-only fields in new and edit forms. Following lines does this job.             //Skip if the field is system field or hidden             if (listField.Hidden || listField.ShowInVersionHistory == false)                 continue;               //Skip if the control mode is display and field is read-only             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && listField.ReadOnlyField == true)                 continue;   Let’s move to the next line of code.             FieldLabel fieldLabel = new FieldLabel();             fieldLabel.FieldName = listField.InternalName;             fieldLabel.ListId = ListId;               BaseFieldControl fieldControl = listField.FieldRenderingControl;             fieldControl.ListId = ListId;             //Assign unique id using Field Internal Name             fieldControl.ID = string.Format("Field_{0}", fieldInternalName);             fieldControl.EnableViewState = true;               //Assign control mode             fieldLabel.ControlMode = _ControlMode;             fieldControl.ControlMode = _ControlMode;   We have used “FieldLabel” control for displaying field title. The advantage of using Field Label is, SharePoint automatically adds red star besides field label to identify it as mandatory field if there is any. Here is most important part to understand. The “BaseFieldControl”. It will render the respective web controls according to type of the field. For example, if it’s single line of text, then Textbox, if it’s look up then it renders dropdown. Additionally, the “ControlMode” property tells compiler that which mode (display/edit/new) controls need to be rendered with. In display mode, it will render label with field value. In edit mode, it will render respective control with item value and in new mode it will render respective control with empty value. Please note that, it’s not always the case when dropdown field will be rendered for Lookup field or Choice field. You need to understand which controls are rendered for which list fields. I am planning to write a separate blog which I hope to publish it very soon. Moreover, we also need to assign list field specific properties like List Id, Field Name etc to identify which SharePoint List field is attached with the control.             switch (_ControlMode)             {                 case SPControlMode.New:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     fieldControl.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     break;                 case SPControlMode.Edit:                 case SPControlMode.Display:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemId = ItemId;                       fieldControl.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemId = ItemId;                     break;             }   Here, I have separate code for new mode and Edit/Display mode because we will not have Item Id to assign in New Mode. We also need to set CSS class for cell containing Label and Controls so that those controls get rendered with SharePoint theme.             spCellLabel.CssClass = "ms-formlabel";             spCellControl.CssClass = "ms-formbody";   “FieldDescription” control is used to add field description if there is any.    Now it’s time to add some more customization,               //Disable Name(Title) in Edit Mode             if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit && fieldDisplayName == "Name")             {                 TextBox txtTitlefield = (TextBox)fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("TextField");                 txtTitlefield.Enabled = false;             }   The above code will disable the title field in edit mode. You can add more code here to achieve more customization according to your requirement. Some of the examples are as follow:             //Adding post back event on UserField to auto populate some other dependent field             //in new mode and disable it in edit mode             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && fieldDisplayName == "Manager")             {                 if (fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("UserField") != null)                 {                     PeopleEditor pplEditor = (PeopleEditor)fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("UserField");                     if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.New)                         pplEditor.AutoPostBack = true;                     else                         pplEditor.Enabled = false;                 }             }               //Add JavaScript Event on Dropdown field. Don't forget to add the JavaScript function on the page.             if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit && fieldDisplayName == "Designation")             {                 DropDownList ddlCategory = (DropDownList)fieldControl.Controls[0];                 ddlCategory.Attributes.Add("onchange", string.Format("javascript:DropdownChangeEvent('{0}');return false;", ddlCategory.ClientID));             }    Following are the screenshots of my Custom ListForm WebPart. Let’s play a game, check out your OOB List forms of SharePoint, compare with these screens and find out differences.   DispForm.aspx:   EditForm.aspx:   NewForm.aspx:   Enjoy the SharePoint Soup!!! ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

    Read the article

  • Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files

    - by user12620111
    Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files body, td { font-family: sans-serif; background-color: white; font-size: 12px; margin: 8px; } tt, code, pre { font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Droid Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', Consolas, Monaco, monospace; } h1 { font-size:2.2em; } h2 { font-size:1.8em; } h3 { font-size:1.4em; } h4 { font-size:1.0em; } h5 { font-size:0.9em; } h6 { font-size:0.8em; } a:visited { color: rgb(50%, 0%, 50%); } pre { margin-top: 0; max-width: 95%; border: 1px solid #ccc; white-space: pre-wrap; } pre code { display: block; padding: 0.5em; } code.r, code.cpp { background-color: #F8F8F8; } table, td, th { border: none; } blockquote { color:#666666; margin:0; padding-left: 1em; border-left: 0.5em #EEE solid; } hr { height: 0px; border-bottom: none; border-top-width: thin; border-top-style: dotted; border-top-color: #999999; } @media print { * { background: transparent !important; color: black !important; filter:none !important; -ms-filter: none !important; } body { font-size:12pt; max-width:100%; } a, a:visited { text-decoration: underline; } hr { visibility: hidden; page-break-before: always; } pre, blockquote { padding-right: 1em; page-break-inside: avoid; } tr, img { page-break-inside: avoid; } img { max-width: 100% !important; } @page :left { margin: 15mm 20mm 15mm 10mm; } @page :right { margin: 15mm 10mm 15mm 20mm; } p, h2, h3 { orphans: 3; widows: 3; } h2, h3 { page-break-after: avoid; } } pre .operator, pre .paren { color: rgb(104, 118, 135) } pre .literal { color: rgb(88, 72, 246) } pre .number { color: rgb(0, 0, 205); } pre .comment { color: rgb(76, 136, 107); } pre .keyword { color: rgb(0, 0, 255); } pre .identifier { color: rgb(0, 0, 0); } pre .string { color: rgb(3, 106, 7); } var hljs=new function(){function m(p){return p.replace(/&/gm,"&").replace(/"}while(y.length||w.length){var v=u().splice(0,1)[0];z+=m(x.substr(q,v.offset-q));q=v.offset;if(v.event=="start"){z+=t(v.node);s.push(v.node)}else{if(v.event=="stop"){var p,r=s.length;do{r--;p=s[r];z+=("")}while(p!=v.node);s.splice(r,1);while(r'+M[0]+""}else{r+=M[0]}O=P.lR.lastIndex;M=P.lR.exec(L)}return r+L.substr(O,L.length-O)}function J(L,M){if(M.sL&&e[M.sL]){var r=d(M.sL,L);x+=r.keyword_count;return r.value}else{return F(L,M)}}function I(M,r){var L=M.cN?'':"";if(M.rB){y+=L;M.buffer=""}else{if(M.eB){y+=m(r)+L;M.buffer=""}else{y+=L;M.buffer=r}}D.push(M);A+=M.r}function G(N,M,Q){var R=D[D.length-1];if(Q){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);return false}var P=q(M,R);if(P){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);I(P,M);return P.rB}var L=v(D.length-1,M);if(L){var O=R.cN?"":"";if(R.rE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O}else{if(R.eE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O+m(M)}else{y+=J(R.buffer+N+M,R)+O}}while(L1){O=D[D.length-2].cN?"":"";y+=O;L--;D.length--}var r=D[D.length-1];D.length--;D[D.length-1].buffer="";if(r.starts){I(r.starts,"")}return R.rE}if(w(M,R)){throw"Illegal"}}var E=e[B];var D=[E.dM];var A=0;var x=0;var y="";try{var s,u=0;E.dM.buffer="";do{s=p(C,u);var t=G(s[0],s[1],s[2]);u+=s[0].length;if(!t){u+=s[1].length}}while(!s[2]);if(D.length1){throw"Illegal"}return{r:A,keyword_count:x,value:y}}catch(H){if(H=="Illegal"){return{r:0,keyword_count:0,value:m(C)}}else{throw H}}}function g(t){var p={keyword_count:0,r:0,value:m(t)};var r=p;for(var q in e){if(!e.hasOwnProperty(q)){continue}var s=d(q,t);s.language=q;if(s.keyword_count+s.rr.keyword_count+r.r){r=s}if(s.keyword_count+s.rp.keyword_count+p.r){r=p;p=s}}if(r.language){p.second_best=r}return p}function i(r,q,p){if(q){r=r.replace(/^((]+|\t)+)/gm,function(t,w,v,u){return w.replace(/\t/g,q)})}if(p){r=r.replace(/\n/g,"")}return r}function n(t,w,r){var x=h(t,r);var v=a(t);var y,s;if(v){y=d(v,x)}else{return}var q=c(t);if(q.length){s=document.createElement("pre");s.innerHTML=y.value;y.value=k(q,c(s),x)}y.value=i(y.value,w,r);var u=t.className;if(!u.match("(\\s|^)(language-)?"+v+"(\\s|$)")){u=u?(u+" "+v):v}if(/MSIE [678]/.test(navigator.userAgent)&&t.tagName=="CODE"&&t.parentNode.tagName=="PRE"){s=t.parentNode;var p=document.createElement("div");p.innerHTML=""+y.value+"";t=p.firstChild.firstChild;p.firstChild.cN=s.cN;s.parentNode.replaceChild(p.firstChild,s)}else{t.innerHTML=y.value}t.className=u;t.result={language:v,kw:y.keyword_count,re:y.r};if(y.second_best){t.second_best={language:y.second_best.language,kw:y.second_best.keyword_count,re:y.second_best.r}}}function o(){if(o.called){return}o.called=true;var r=document.getElementsByTagName("pre");for(var p=0;p|=||=||=|\\?|\\[|\\{|\\(|\\^|\\^=|\\||\\|=|\\|\\||~";this.ER="(?![\\s\\S])";this.BE={b:"\\\\.",r:0};this.ASM={cN:"string",b:"'",e:"'",i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.QSM={cN:"string",b:'"',e:'"',i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.CLCM={cN:"comment",b:"//",e:"$"};this.CBLCLM={cN:"comment",b:"/\\*",e:"\\*/"};this.HCM={cN:"comment",b:"#",e:"$"};this.NM={cN:"number",b:this.NR,r:0};this.CNM={cN:"number",b:this.CNR,r:0};this.BNM={cN:"number",b:this.BNR,r:0};this.inherit=function(r,s){var p={};for(var q in r){p[q]=r[q]}if(s){for(var q in s){p[q]=s[q]}}return p}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.cpp=function(){var a={keyword:{"false":1,"int":1,"float":1,"while":1,"private":1,"char":1,"catch":1,"export":1,virtual:1,operator:2,sizeof:2,dynamic_cast:2,typedef:2,const_cast:2,"const":1,struct:1,"for":1,static_cast:2,union:1,namespace:1,unsigned:1,"long":1,"throw":1,"volatile":2,"static":1,"protected":1,bool:1,template:1,mutable:1,"if":1,"public":1,friend:2,"do":1,"return":1,"goto":1,auto:1,"void":2,"enum":1,"else":1,"break":1,"new":1,extern:1,using:1,"true":1,"class":1,asm:1,"case":1,typeid:1,"short":1,reinterpret_cast:2,"default":1,"double":1,register:1,explicit:1,signed:1,typename:1,"try":1,"this":1,"switch":1,"continue":1,wchar_t:1,inline:1,"delete":1,alignof:1,char16_t:1,char32_t:1,constexpr:1,decltype:1,noexcept:1,nullptr:1,static_assert:1,thread_local:1,restrict:1,_Bool:1,complex:1},built_in:{std:1,string:1,cin:1,cout:1,cerr:1,clog:1,stringstream:1,istringstream:1,ostringstream:1,auto_ptr:1,deque:1,list:1,queue:1,stack:1,vector:1,map:1,set:1,bitset:1,multiset:1,multimap:1,unordered_set:1,unordered_map:1,unordered_multiset:1,unordered_multimap:1,array:1,shared_ptr:1}};return{dM:{k:a,i:"",k:a,r:10,c:["self"]}]}}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.r={dM:{c:[hljs.HCM,{cN:"number",b:"\\b0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[Li]?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?L\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+\\.(?!\\d)(?:i\\b)?",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:\\.\\d*)?(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\.\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:tryCatch|library|setGeneric|setGroupGeneric)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\.",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\d+(?![\\w.])",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\b(?:function)",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:2},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:if|in|break|next|repeat|else|for|return|switch|while|try|stop|warning|require|attach|detach|source|setMethod|setClass)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NA|NA_integer_|NA_real_|NA_character_|NA_complex_)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NULL|TRUE|FALSE|T|F|Inf|NaN)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"identifier",b:"[a-zA-Z.][a-zA-Z0-9._]*\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"operator",b:"|=||   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files Introduction Working in Oracle Platform Integration gives an engineer opportunities to work on a wide array of technologies. My team’s goal is to make Oracle applications run best on the Solaris/SPARC platform. When looking for bottlenecks in a modern applications, one needs to be aware of not only how the CPUs and operating system are executing, but also network, storage, and in some cases, the Java Virtual Machine. I was recently presented with about 1.5 GB of Java Garbage First Garbage Collector log file data. If you’re not familiar with the subject, you might want to review Garbage First Garbage Collector Tuning by Monica Beckwith. The customer had been running Java HotSpot 1.6.0_31 to host a web application server. I was told that the Solaris/SPARC server was running a Java process launched using a commmand line that included the following flags: -d64 -Xms9g -Xmx9g -XX:+UseG1GC -XX:MaxGCPauseMillis=200 -XX:InitiatingHeapOccupancyPercent=80 -XX:PermSize=256m -XX:MaxPermSize=256m -XX:+PrintGC -XX:+PrintGCTimeStamps -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC -XX:+PrintGCDateStamps -XX:+PrintFlagsFinal -XX:+DisableExplicitGC -XX:+UnlockExperimentalVMOptions -XX:ParallelGCThreads=8 Several sources on the internet indicate that if I were to print out the 1.5 GB of log files, it would require enough paper to fill the bed of a pick up truck. Of course, it would be fruitless to try to scan the log files by hand. Tools will be required to summarize the contents of the log files. Others have encountered large Java garbage collection log files. There are existing tools to analyze the log files: IBM’s GC toolkit The chewiebug GCViewer gchisto HPjmeter Instead of using one of the other tools listed, I decide to parse the log files with standard Unix tools, and analyze the data with R. Data Cleansing The log files arrived in two different formats. I guess that the difference is that one set of log files was generated using a more verbose option, maybe -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC, and the other set of log files was generated without that option. Format 1 In some of the log files, the log files with the less verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, looks like this: {Heap before GC invocations=12280 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7499918K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 1 young (4096K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. 2014-05-14T07:24:00.988-0700: 60586.353: [GC pause (young) 7324M->7320M(9216M), 0.1567265 secs] Heap after GC invocations=12281 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7496533K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 0 young (0K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. } A simple grep can be used to extract a summary: $ grep "\[ GC pause (young" g1gc.log 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700: 3.109: [GC pause (young) 20M->5029K(9216M), 0.0146328 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700: 3.459: [GC pause (young) 9125K->6077K(9216M), 0.0086723 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700: 5.599: [GC pause (young) 25M->8470K(9216M), 0.0203820 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700: 10.704: [GC pause (young) 44M->15M(9216M), 0.0288848 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700: 16.958: [GC pause (young) 51M->20M(9216M), 0.0491244 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700: 24.066: [GC pause (young) 92M->26M(9216M), 0.0525368 secs] 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700: 62.383: [GC pause (young) 602M->68M(9216M), 0.1721173 secs] But that format wasn't easily read into R, so I needed to be a bit more tricky. I used the following Unix command to create a summary file that was easy for R to read. $ echo "SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime" $ grep "\[GC pause (young" g1gc.log | grep -v mark | sed -e 's/[A-SU-z\(\),]/ /g' -e 's/->/ /' -e 's/: / /g' | more SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700 3.109 20 5029 9216 0.0146328 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700 3.459 9125 6077 9216 0.0086723 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700 5.599 25 8470 9216 0.0203820 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700 10.704 44 15 9216 0.0288848 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700 16.958 51 20 9216 0.0491244 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700 24.066 92 26 9216 0.0525368 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700 62.383 602 68 9216 0.1721173 Format 2 In some of the log files, the log files with the more verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, was more complicated than Format 1. Here is a text file with an example of a single G1GC trace in the second format. As you can see, it is quite complicated. It is nice that there is so much information available, but the level of detail can be overwhelming. I wrote this awk script (download) to summarize each trace on a single line. #!/usr/bin/env awk -f BEGIN { printf("SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize\n") } ###################### # Save count data from lines that are at the start of each G1GC trace. # Each trace starts out like this: # {Heap before GC invocations=14 (full 0): # garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 325496K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) ###################### /{Heap.*full/{ gsub ( "\\)" , "" ); nf=split($0,a,"="); split(a[2],b," "); getline; if ( match($0, "first") ) { G1GC=1; IncrementalCount=b[1]; FullCount=substr( b[3], 1, length(b[3])-1 ); } else { G1GC=0; } } ###################### # Pull out time stamps that are in lines with this format: # 2014-05-12T14:02:06.025-0700: 94.312: [GC pause (young), 0.08870154 secs] ###################### /GC pause/ { DateTime=$1; SecondsSinceLaunch=substr($2, 1, length($2)-1); } ###################### # Heap sizes are in lines that look like this: # [ 4842M->4838M(9216M)] ###################### /\[ .*]$/ { gsub ( "\\[" , "" ); gsub ( "\ \]" , "" ); gsub ( "->" , " " ); gsub ( "\\( " , " " ); gsub ( "\ \)" , " " ); split($0,a," "); if ( split(a[1],b,"M") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[1],b,"K") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[2],b,"M") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[2],b,"K") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[3],b,"M") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[3],b,"K") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1];} } ###################### # Emit an output line when you find input that looks like this: # [Times: user=1.41 sys=0.08, real=0.24 secs] ###################### /\[Times/ { if (G1GC==1) { gsub ( "," , "" ); split($2,a,"="); UserTime=a[2]; split($3,a,"="); SysTime=a[2]; split($4,a,"="); RealTime=a[2]; print DateTime,SecondsSinceLaunch,IncrementalCount,FullCount,UserTime,SysTime,RealTime,BeforeSize,AfterSize,TotalSize; G1GC=0; } } The resulting summary is about 25X smaller that the original file, but still difficult for a human to digest. SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ... 2014-05-12T18:36:34.669-0700: 3985.744 561 0 0.57 0.06 0.16 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:34.839-0700: 3985.914 562 0 0.51 0.06 0.19 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.069-0700: 3986.144 563 0 0.60 0.04 0.27 1724416 1721344 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.354-0700: 3986.429 564 0 0.33 0.04 0.09 1725440 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.545-0700: 3986.620 565 0 0.58 0.04 0.17 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.726-0700: 3986.801 566 0 0.43 0.05 0.12 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.856-0700: 3986.930 567 0 0.30 0.04 0.07 1726464 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.947-0700: 3987.023 568 0 0.61 0.04 0.26 1727488 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:36.228-0700: 3987.302 569 0 0.46 0.04 0.16 1731584 1724416 9437184 Reading the Data into R Once the GC log data had been cleansed, either by processing the first format with the shell script, or by processing the second format with the awk script, it was easy to read the data into R. g1gc.df = read.csv("summary.txt", row.names = NULL, stringsAsFactors=FALSE,sep="") str(g1gc.df) ## 'data.frame': 8307 obs. of 10 variables: ## $ row.names : chr "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ... ## $ SecondsSinceLaunch: num 1.16 1.47 1.97 3.83 6.1 ... ## $ IncrementalCount : int 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ... ## $ FullCount : int 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... ## $ UserTime : num 0.11 0.05 0.04 0.21 0.08 0.26 0.31 0.33 0.34 0.56 ... ## $ SysTime : num 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.01 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.09 ... ## $ RealTime : num 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.06 ... ## $ BeforeSize : int 8192 5496 5768 22528 24576 43008 34816 53248 55296 93184 ... ## $ AfterSize : int 1400 1672 2557 4907 7072 14336 16384 18432 19456 21504 ... ## $ TotalSize : int 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 ... head(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 1 2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700: 1.161 0 ## 2 2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700: 1.472 1 ## 3 2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700: 1.969 2 ## 4 2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700: 3.830 3 ## 5 2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700: 6.103 4 ## 6 2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700: 9.720 5 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 1 0 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 9437184 ## 2 0 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 9437184 ## 3 0 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 9437184 ## 4 0 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 9437184 ## 5 0 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 9437184 ## 6 0 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 9437184 Basic Statistics Once the data has been read into R, simple statistics are very easy to generate. All of the numbers from high school statistics are available via simple commands. For example, generate a summary of every column: summary(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## Length:8307 Min. : 1 Min. : 0 Min. : 0.0 ## Class :character 1st Qu.: 9977 1st Qu.:2048 1st Qu.: 0.0 ## Mode :character Median :12855 Median :4136 Median : 12.0 ## Mean :12527 Mean :4156 Mean : 31.6 ## 3rd Qu.:15758 3rd Qu.:6262 3rd Qu.: 61.0 ## Max. :55484 Max. :8391 Max. :113.0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize ## Min. :0.040 Min. :0.0000 Min. : 0.0 Min. : 5476 ## 1st Qu.:0.470 1st Qu.:0.0300 1st Qu.: 0.1 1st Qu.:5137920 ## Median :0.620 Median :0.0300 Median : 0.1 Median :6574080 ## Mean :0.751 Mean :0.0355 Mean : 0.3 Mean :5841855 ## 3rd Qu.:0.920 3rd Qu.:0.0400 3rd Qu.: 0.2 3rd Qu.:7084032 ## Max. :3.370 Max. :1.5600 Max. :488.1 Max. :8696832 ## AfterSize TotalSize ## Min. : 1380 Min. :9437184 ## 1st Qu.:5002752 1st Qu.:9437184 ## Median :6559744 Median :9437184 ## Mean :5785454 Mean :9437184 ## 3rd Qu.:7054336 3rd Qu.:9437184 ## Max. :8482816 Max. :9437184 Q: What is the total amount of User CPU time spent in garbage collection? sum(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 6236 As you can see, less than two hours of CPU time was spent in garbage collection. Is that too much? To find the percentage of time spent in garbage collection, divide the number above by total_elapsed_time*CPU_count. In this case, there are a lot of CPU’s and it turns out the the overall amount of CPU time spent in garbage collection isn’t a problem when viewed in isolation. When calculating rates, i.e. events per unit time, you need to ask yourself if the rate is homogenous across the time period in the log file. Does the log file include spikes of high activity that should be separately analyzed? Averaging in data from nights and weekends with data from business hours may alias problems. If you have a reason to suspect that the garbage collection rates include peaks and valleys that need independent analysis, see the “Time Series” section, below. Q: How much garbage is collected on each pass? The amount of heap space that is recovered per GC pass is surprisingly low: At least one collection didn’t recover any data. (“Min.=0”) 25% of the passes recovered 3MB or less. (“1st Qu.=3072”) Half of the GC passes recovered 4MB or less. (“Median=4096”) The average amount recovered was 56MB. (“Mean=56390”) 75% of the passes recovered 36MB or less. (“3rd Qu.=36860”) At least one pass recovered 2GB. (“Max.=2121000”) g1gc.df$Delta = g1gc.df$BeforeSize - g1gc.df$AfterSize summary(g1gc.df$Delta) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0 3070 4100 56400 36900 2120000 Q: What is the maximum User CPU time for a single collection? The worst garbage collection (“Max.”) is many standard deviations away from the mean. The data appears to be right skewed. summary(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0.040 0.470 0.620 0.751 0.920 3.370 sd(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 0.3966 Basic Graphics Once the data is in R, it is trivial to plot the data with formats including dot plots, line charts, bar charts (simple, stacked, grouped), pie charts, boxplots, scatter plots histograms, and kernel density plots. Histogram of User CPU Time per Collection I don't think that this graph requires any explanation. hist(g1gc.df$UserTime, main="User CPU Time per Collection", xlab="Seconds", ylab="Frequency") Box plot to identify outliers When the initial data is viewed with a box plot, you can see the one crazy outlier in the real time per GC. Save this data point for future analysis and drop the outlier so that it’s not throwing off our statistics. Now the box plot shows many outliers, which will be examined later, using times series analysis. Notice that the scale of the x-axis changes drastically once the crazy outlier is removed. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(dominated by a crazy outlier)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") crazy.outlier.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime > 400,] g1gc.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime < 400,] boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(crazy outlier excluded)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Here is the crazy outlier for future analysis: crazy.outlier.df ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 8233 2014-05-12T23:15:43.903-0700: 20741 8316 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 8233 112 0.55 0.42 488.1 8381440 8235008 9437184 ## Delta ## 8233 146432 R Time Series Data To analyze the garbage collection as a time series, I’ll use Z’s Ordered Observations (zoo). “zoo is the creator for an S3 class of indexed totally ordered observations which includes irregular time series.” require(zoo) ## Loading required package: zoo ## ## Attaching package: 'zoo' ## ## The following objects are masked from 'package:base': ## ## as.Date, as.Date.numeric head(g1gc.df[,1]) ## [1] "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" ## [3] "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ## [5] "2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700:" options("digits.secs"=3) times=as.POSIXct( g1gc.df[,1], format="%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%OS%z:") g1gc.z = zoo(g1gc.df[,-c(1)], order.by=times) head(g1gc.z) ## SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 1.161 0 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 1.472 1 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 1.969 2 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 3.830 3 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 6.103 4 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9.720 5 0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 ## TotalSize Delta ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 9437184 6792 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 9437184 3824 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 9437184 3211 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 9437184 17621 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 9437184 17504 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9437184 28672 Example of Two Benchmark Runs in One Log File The data in the following graph is from a different log file, not the one of primary interest to this article. I’m including this image because it is an example of idle periods followed by busy periods. It would be uninteresting to average the rate of garbage collection over the entire log file period. More interesting would be the rate of garbage collect in the two busy periods. Are they the same or different? Your production data may be similar, for example, bursts when employees return from lunch and idle times on weekend evenings, etc. Once the data is in an R Time Series, you can analyze isolated time windows. Clipping the Time Series data Flashing back to our test case… Viewing the data as a time series is interesting. You can see that the work intensive time period is between 9:00 PM and 3:00 AM. Lets clip the data to the interesting period:     par(mfrow=c(2,1)) plot(g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Complete Log File", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") clipped.g1gc.z=window(g1gc.z, start=as.POSIXct("2014-05-12 21:00:00"), end=as.POSIXct("2014-05-13 03:00:00")) plot(clipped.g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Limited to Benchmark Execution", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count Here is the cumulative incremental and full GC count. When the line is very steep, it indicates that the GCs are repeating very quickly. Notice that the scale on the Y axis is different for full vs. incremental. plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c(2:3)], main="Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count", xlab="Time of Day", col="#1b9e77") GC Analysis of Benchmark Execution using Time Series data In the following series of 3 graphs: The “After Size” show the amount of heap space in use after each garbage collection. Many Java objects are still referenced, i.e. alive, during each garbage collection. This may indicate that the application has a memory leak, or may indicate that the application has a very large memory footprint. Typically, an application's memory footprint plateau's in the early stage of execution. One would expect this graph to have a flat top. The steep decline in the heap space may indicate that the application crashed after 2:00. The second graph shows that the outliers in real execution time, discussed above, occur near 2:00. when the Java heap seems to be quite full. The third graph shows that Full GCs are infrequent during the first few hours of execution. The rate of Full GC's, (the slope of the cummulative Full GC line), changes near midnight.   plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","RealTime","FullCount")], xlab="Time of Day", col=c("#1b9e77","red","#1b9e77")) GC Analysis of heap recovered Each GC trace includes the amount of heap space in use before and after the individual GC event. During garbage coolection, unreferenced objects are identified, the space holding the unreferenced objects is freed, and thus, the difference in before and after usage indicates how much space has been freed. The following box plot and bar chart both demonstrate the same point - the amount of heap space freed per garbage colloection is surprisingly low. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", horizontal = TRUE, col="red") hist(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", breaks=100, col="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") This graph is the most interesting. The dark blue area shows how much heap is occupied by referenced Java objects. This represents memory that holds live data. The red fringe at the top shows how much data was recovered after each garbage collection. barplot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","Delta")], col=c("#7570b3","#e7298a"), xlab="Time of Day", border=NA) legend("topleft", c("Live Objects","Heap Recovered on GC"), fill=c("#7570b3","#e7298a")) box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") When I discuss the data in the log files with the customer, I will ask for an explaination for the large amount of referenced data resident in the Java heap. There are two are posibilities: There is a memory leak and the amount of space required to hold referenced objects will continue to grow, limited only by the maximum heap size. After the maximum heap size is reached, the JVM will throw an “Out of Memory” exception every time that the application tries to allocate a new object. If this is the case, the aplication needs to be debugged to identify why old objects are referenced when they are no longer needed. The application has a legitimate requirement to keep a large amount of data in memory. The customer may want to further increase the maximum heap size. Another possible solution would be to partition the application across multiple cluster nodes, where each node has responsibility for managing a unique subset of the data. Conclusion In conclusion, R is a very powerful tool for the analysis of Java garbage collection log files. The primary difficulty is data cleansing so that information can be read into an R data frame. Once the data has been read into R, a rich set of tools may be used for thorough evaluation.

    Read the article

  • ?????create or replace???PL/SQL??

    - by Liu Maclean(???)
    ????T.Askmaclean.com?????10gR2??????procedure,?????????create or replace ??????????????????,????Oracle???????????????????procedure? ??Maclean ??2?10gR2???????????PL/SQL?????: ??1: ??Flashback Query ????,?????????????flashback database,??????????create or replace???SQL??source$??????????undo data,????????????: SQL> select * from V$version; BANNER ---------------------------------------------------------------- Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10.2.0.5.0 - 64bi PL/SQL Release 10.2.0.5.0 - Production CORE 10.2.0.5.0 Production TNS for Linux: Version 10.2.0.5.0 - Production NLSRTL Version 10.2.0.5.0 - Production SQL> select * from global_name; GLOBAL_NAME -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- www.oracledatabase12g.com SQL> create or replace procedure maclean_proc as   2  begin   3  execute immediate 'select 1 from dual';   4  end;   5  / Procedure created. SQL> select * from dba_source where name='MACLEAN_PROC'; OWNER      NAME                           TYPE               LINE TEXT ---------- ------------------------------ ------------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------- SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             1 procedure maclean_proc as SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             2 begin SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             3 execute immediate 'select 1 from dual'; SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             4 end; SQL> select current_scn from v$database; CURRENT_SCN -----------     2660057 create or replace procedure maclean_proc as begin -- I am new procedure execute immediate 'select 2 from dual'; end; / Procedure created. SQL> select current_scn from v$database; CURRENT_SCN -----------     2660113 SQL> select * from dba_source where name='MACLEAN_PROC'; OWNER      NAME                           TYPE               LINE TEXT ---------- ------------------------------ ------------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------- SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             1 procedure maclean_proc as SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             2 begin SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             3 -- I am new procedure SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             4 execute immediate 'select 2 from dual'; SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             5 end; SQL> create table old_source as select * from dba_source as of scn 2660057 where name='MACLEAN_PROC'; Table created. SQL> select * from old_source where name='MACLEAN_PROC'; OWNER      NAME                           TYPE               LINE TEXT ---------- ------------------------------ ------------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------- SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             1 procedure maclean_proc as SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             2 begin SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             3 execute immediate 'select 1 from dual'; SYS        MACLEAN_PROC                   PROCEDURE             4 end; ?????????scn??flashback query????,????????as of timestamp??????????,????PL/SQL????????????????undo??????????,????????????replace/drop ??????PL/SQL??? ??2 ??logminer??replace/drop PL/SQL?????SQL???DELETE??,??logminer?UNDO SQL???PL/SQL?????? ????????????????archivelog????,??????????????? minimal supplemental logging,??????????Unsupported SQLREDO???: create or replace?? ?? procedure???????SQL??????, ??????procedure????????????????, source$??????????????: SQL> ALTER DATABASE ADD SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA; Database altered. SQL> create or replace procedure maclean_proc as   2  begin   3  execute immediate 'select 1 from dual';   4  end;   5  / Procedure created. SQL> SQL> oradebug setmypid; Statement processed. SQL> SQL> oradebug event 10046 trace name context forever,level 12; Statement processed. SQL> SQL> create or replace procedure maclean_proc as   2  begin   3  execute immediate 'select 2 from dual';   4  end;   5  / Procedure created. SQL> oradebug tracefile_name /s01/admin/G10R25/udump/g10r25_ora_4305.trc [oracle@vrh8 ~]$ egrep  "update|insert|delete|merge"  /s01/admin/G10R25/udump/g10r25_ora_4305.trc delete from procedureinfo$ where obj#=:1 delete from argument$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedurec$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedureplsql$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedurejava$ where obj#=:1 delete from vtable$ where obj#=:1 insert into procedureinfo$(obj#,procedure#,overload#,procedurename,properties,itypeobj#) values (:1,:2,:3,:4,:5,:6) insert into argument$( obj#,procedure$,procedure#,overload#,position#,sequence#,level#,argument,type#,default#,in_out,length,precision#,scale,radix,charsetid,charsetform,properties,type_owner,type_name,type_subname,type_linkname,pls_type) values (:1,:2,:3,:4,:5,:6,:7,:8,:9,:10,:11,:12,:13,:14,:15,:16,:17,:18,:19,:20,:21,:22,:23) insert into procedureplsql$(obj#,procedure#,entrypoint#) values (:1,:2,:3) update procedure$ set audit$=:2,options=:3 where obj#=:1 delete from source$ where obj#=:1 insert into source$(obj#,line,source) values (:1,:2,:3) delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from ncomp_dll$ where obj#=:1 returning dllname into :2 update idl_sb4$ set piece#=:1 ,length=:2 , piece=:3 where obj#=:4 and part=:5 and piece#=:6 and version=:7 update idl_ub1$ set piece#=:1 ,length=:2 , piece=:3 where obj#=:4 and part=:5 and piece#=:6 and version=:7 update idl_char$ set piece#=:1 ,length=:2 , piece=:3 where obj#=:4 and part=:5 and piece#=:6 and version=:7 update idl_ub2$ set piece#=:1 ,length=:2 , piece=:3 where obj#=:4 and part=:5 and piece#=:6 and version=:7 delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from ncomp_dll$ where obj#=:1 returning dllname into :2 delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and (piece#<:3 or piece#>:4) and version=:5 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and (piece#<:3 or piece#>:4) and version=:5 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and (piece#<:3 or piece#>:4) and version=:5 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and (piece#<:3 or piece#>:4) and version=:5 delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and version<>:3 delete from ncomp_dll$ where obj#=:1 returning dllname into :2 update idl_sb4$ set piece#=:1 ,length=:2 , piece=:3 where obj#=:4 and part=:5 and piece#=:6 and version=:7 update idl_ub1$ set piece#=:1 ,length=:2 , piece=:3 where obj#=:4 and part=:5 and piece#=:6 and version=:7 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and (piece#<:3 or piece#>:4) and version=:5 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 and (piece#<:3 or piece#>:4) and version=:5 delete from error$ where obj#=:1 delete from settings$ where obj# = :1 insert into settings$(obj#, param, value) values (:1, :2, :3) delete from warning_settings$ where obj# = :1 insert into warning_settings$(obj#, warning_num, global_mod, property) values (:1, :2, :3, :4) delete from dependency$ where d_obj#=:1 delete from access$ where d_obj#=:1 insert into dependency$(d_obj#,d_timestamp,order#,p_obj#,p_timestamp, property, d_attrs)values (:1,:2,:3,:4,:5,:6, :7) insert into access$(d_obj#,order#,columns,types) values (:1,:2,:3,:4) update obj$ set obj#=:6,type#=:7,ctime=:8,mtime=:9,stime=:10,status=:11,dataobj#=:13,flags=:14,oid$=:15,spare1=:16, spare2=:17 where owner#=:1 and name=:2 and namespace=:3 and(remoteowner=:4 or remoteowner is null and :4 is null)and(linkname=:5 or linkname is null and :5 is null)and(subname=:12 or subname is null and :12 is null) ?drop procedure??????source$???PL/SQL?????: SQL> oradebug setmypid; Statement processed. SQL> oradebug event 10046 trace name context forever,level 12; Statement processed. SQL> drop procedure maclean_proc; Procedure dropped. SQL> oradebug tracefile_name /s01/admin/G10R25/udump/g10r25_ora_4331.trc delete from context$ where obj#=:1 delete from dir$ where obj#=:1 delete from type_misc$ where obj#=:1 delete from library$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedure$ where obj#=:1 delete from javaobj$ where obj#=:1 delete from operator$ where obj#=:1 delete from opbinding$ where obj#=:1 delete from opancillary$ where obj#=:1 delete from oparg$ where obj# = :1 delete from com$ where obj#=:1 delete from source$ where obj#=:1 delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from ncomp_dll$ where obj#=:1 returning dllname into :2 delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from ncomp_dll$ where obj#=:1 returning dllname into :2 delete from idl_ub1$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_char$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_ub2$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from idl_sb4$ where obj#=:1 and part=:2 delete from ncomp_dll$ where obj#=:1 returning dllname into :2 delete from error$ where obj#=:1 delete from settings$ where obj# = :1 delete from procedureinfo$ where obj#=:1 delete from argument$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedurec$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedureplsql$ where obj#=:1 delete from procedurejava$ where obj#=:1 delete from vtable$ where obj#=:1 delete from dependency$ where d_obj#=:1 delete from access$ where d_obj#=:1 delete from objauth$ where obj#=:1 update obj$ set obj#=:6,type#=:7,ctime=:8,mtime=:9,stime=:10,status=:11,dataobj#=:13,flags=:14,oid$=:15,spare1=:16, spare2=:17 where owner#=:1 and name=:2 and namespace=:3 and(remoteowner=:4 or remoteowner is null and :4 is null)and(linkname=:5 or linkname is null and :5 is null)and(subname=:12 or subname is null and :12 is null) ??????????source$???redo: SQL> alter system switch logfile; System altered. SQL> select sequence#,name from v$archived_log where sequence#=(select max(sequence#) from v$archived_log);  SEQUENCE# ---------- NAME --------------------------------------------------------------------------------        242 /s01/flash_recovery_area/G10R25/archivelog/2012_05_21/o1_mf_1_242_7vnm13k6_.arc SQL> exec dbms_logmnr.add_logfile ('/s01/flash_recovery_area/G10R25/archivelog/2012_05_21/o1_mf_1_242_7vnm13k6_.arc',options => dbms_logmnr.new); PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. SQL> exec dbms_logmnr.start_logmnr(options => dbms_logmnr.dict_from_online_catalog); PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. SQL> select sql_redo,sql_undo from v$logmnr_contents where seg_name = 'SOURCE$' and operation='DELETE'; delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '1' and "SOURCE" = 'procedure maclean_proc as ' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAN'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','1','procedure maclean_proc as '); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '2' and "SOURCE" = 'begin ' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAO'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','2','begin '); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '3' and "SOURCE" = 'execute immediate ''select 1 from dual''; ' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAP'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','3','execute immediate ''select 1 from dual''; '); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '4' and "SOURCE" = 'end;' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAQ'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','4','end;'); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '1' and "SOURCE" = 'procedure maclean_proc as ' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAJ'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','1','procedure maclean_proc as '); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '2' and "SOURCE" = 'begin ' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAK'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','2','begin '); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '3' and "SOURCE" = 'execute immediate ''select 2 from dual''; ' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAL'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','3','execute immediate ''select 2 from dual''; '); delete from "SYS"."SOURCE$" where "OBJ#" = '56059' and "LINE" = '4' and "SOURCE" = 'end;' and ROWID = 'AAAABIAABAAALpyAAM'; insert into "SYS"."SOURCE$"("OBJ#","LINE","SOURCE") values ('56059','4','end;'); ???? logminer???UNDO SQL???????source$????,?DELETE????????????,????SOURCE????????????PL/SQL???DDL???

    Read the article

  • Failed to Install Xdebug

    - by burnt1ce
    've registered xdebug in php.ini (as per http://xdebug.org/docs/install) but it's not showing up when i run "php -m" or when i get a test page to run "phpinfo()". I've just installed the latest version of XAMPP. I've used both "zend_extention" and "zend_extention_ts" to specify the path of the xdebug dll. I ensured that my apache server restarted and used the latest change of my php.ini by executing "httpd -k restart". Can anyone provide any suggestions in getting xdebug to show up? Here are the contents of my php.ini file. [PHP] ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; About php.ini ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; PHP's initialization file, generally called php.ini, is responsible for ; configuring many of the aspects of PHP's behavior. ; PHP attempts to find and load this configuration from a number of locations. ; The following is a summary of its search order: ; 1. SAPI module specific location. ; 2. The PHPRC environment variable. (As of PHP 5.2.0) ; 3. A number of predefined registry keys on Windows (As of PHP 5.2.0) ; 4. Current working directory (except CLI) ; 5. The web server's directory (for SAPI modules), or directory of PHP ; (otherwise in Windows) ; 6. The directory from the --with-config-file-path compile time option, or the ; Windows directory (C:\windows or C:\winnt) ; See the PHP docs for more specific information. ; http://php.net/configuration.file ; The syntax of the file is extremely simple. Whitespace and Lines ; beginning with a semicolon are silently ignored (as you probably guessed). ; Section headers (e.g. [Foo]) are also silently ignored, even though ; they might mean something in the future. ; Directives following the section heading [PATH=/www/mysite] only ; apply to PHP files in the /www/mysite directory. Directives ; following the section heading [HOST=www.example.com] only apply to ; PHP files served from www.example.com. Directives set in these ; special sections cannot be overridden by user-defined INI files or ; at runtime. Currently, [PATH=] and [HOST=] sections only work under ; CGI/FastCGI. ; http://php.net/ini.sections ; Directives are specified using the following syntax: ; directive = value ; Directive names are *case sensitive* - foo=bar is different from FOO=bar. ; Directives are variables used to configure PHP or PHP extensions. ; There is no name validation. If PHP can't find an expected ; directive because it is not set or is mistyped, a default value will be used. ; The value can be a string, a number, a PHP constant (e.g. E_ALL or M_PI), one ; of the INI constants (On, Off, True, False, Yes, No and None) or an expression ; (e.g. E_ALL & ~E_NOTICE), a quoted string ("bar"), or a reference to a ; previously set variable or directive (e.g. ${foo}) ; Expressions in the INI file are limited to bitwise operators and parentheses: ; | bitwise OR ; ^ bitwise XOR ; & bitwise AND ; ~ bitwise NOT ; ! boolean NOT ; Boolean flags can be turned on using the values 1, On, True or Yes. ; They can be turned off using the values 0, Off, False or No. ; An empty string can be denoted by simply not writing anything after the equal ; sign, or by using the None keyword: ; foo = ; sets foo to an empty string ; foo = None ; sets foo to an empty string ; foo = "None" ; sets foo to the string 'None' ; If you use constants in your value, and these constants belong to a ; dynamically loaded extension (either a PHP extension or a Zend extension), ; you may only use these constants *after* the line that loads the extension. ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; About this file ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; PHP comes packaged with two INI files. One that is recommended to be used ; in production environments and one that is recommended to be used in ; development environments. ; php.ini-production contains settings which hold security, performance and ; best practices at its core. But please be aware, these settings may break ; compatibility with older or less security conscience applications. We ; recommending using the production ini in production and testing environments. ; php.ini-development is very similar to its production variant, except it's ; much more verbose when it comes to errors. We recommending using the ; development version only in development environments as errors shown to ; application users can inadvertently leak otherwise secure information. ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Quick Reference ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; The following are all the settings which are different in either the production ; or development versions of the INIs with respect to PHP's default behavior. ; Please see the actual settings later in the document for more details as to why ; we recommend these changes in PHP's behavior. ; allow_call_time_pass_reference ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: Off ; Production Value: Off ; display_errors ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; display_startup_errors ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; error_reporting ; Default Value: E_ALL & ~E_NOTICE ; Development Value: E_ALL | E_STRICT ; Production Value: E_ALL & ~E_DEPRECATED ; html_errors ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: On ; Production value: Off ; log_errors ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: On ; magic_quotes_gpc ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: Off ; Production Value: Off ; max_input_time ; Default Value: -1 (Unlimited) ; Development Value: 60 (60 seconds) ; Production Value: 60 (60 seconds) ; output_buffering ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: 4096 ; Production Value: 4096 ; register_argc_argv ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: Off ; Production Value: Off ; register_long_arrays ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: Off ; Production Value: Off ; request_order ; Default Value: None ; Development Value: "GP" ; Production Value: "GP" ; session.bug_compat_42 ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; session.bug_compat_warn ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; session.gc_divisor ; Default Value: 100 ; Development Value: 1000 ; Production Value: 1000 ; session.hash_bits_per_character ; Default Value: 4 ; Development Value: 5 ; Production Value: 5 ; short_open_tag ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: Off ; Production Value: Off ; track_errors ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; url_rewriter.tags ; Default Value: "a=href,area=href,frame=src,form=,fieldset=" ; Development Value: "a=href,area=href,frame=src,input=src,form=fakeentry" ; Production Value: "a=href,area=href,frame=src,input=src,form=fakeentry" ; variables_order ; Default Value: "EGPCS" ; Development Value: "GPCS" ; Production Value: "GPCS" ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; php.ini Options ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Name for user-defined php.ini (.htaccess) files. Default is ".user.ini" ;user_ini.filename = ".user.ini" ; To disable this feature set this option to empty value ;user_ini.filename = ; TTL for user-defined php.ini files (time-to-live) in seconds. Default is 300 seconds (5 minutes) ;user_ini.cache_ttl = 300 ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Language Options ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Enable the PHP scripting language engine under Apache. ; http://php.net/engine engine = On ; This directive determines whether or not PHP will recognize code between ; <? and ?> tags as PHP source which should be processed as such. It's been ; recommended for several years that you not use the short tag "short cut" and ; instead to use the full <?php and ?> tag combination. With the wide spread use ; of XML and use of these tags by other languages, the server can become easily ; confused and end up parsing the wrong code in the wrong context. But because ; this short cut has been a feature for such a long time, it's currently still ; supported for backwards compatibility, but we recommend you don't use them. ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: Off ; Production Value: Off ; http://php.net/short-open-tag short_open_tag = Off ; Allow ASP-style <% %> tags. ; http://php.net/asp-tags asp_tags = Off ; The number of significant digits displayed in floating point numbers. ; http://php.net/precision precision = 14 ; Enforce year 2000 compliance (will cause problems with non-compliant browsers) ; http://php.net/y2k-compliance y2k_compliance = On ; Output buffering is a mechanism for controlling how much output data ; (excluding headers and cookies) PHP should keep internally before pushing that ; data to the client. If your application's output exceeds this setting, PHP ; will send that data in chunks of roughly the size you specify. ; Turning on this setting and managing its maximum buffer size can yield some ; interesting side-effects depending on your application and web server. ; You may be able to send headers and cookies after you've already sent output ; through print or echo. You also may see performance benefits if your server is ; emitting less packets due to buffered output versus PHP streaming the output ; as it gets it. On production servers, 4096 bytes is a good setting for performance ; reasons. ; Note: Output buffering can also be controlled via Output Buffering Control ; functions. ; Possible Values: ; On = Enabled and buffer is unlimited. (Use with caution) ; Off = Disabled ; Integer = Enables the buffer and sets its maximum size in bytes. ; Note: This directive is hardcoded to Off for the CLI SAPI ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: 4096 ; Production Value: 4096 ; http://php.net/output-buffering output_buffering = Off ; You can redirect all of the output of your scripts to a function. For ; example, if you set output_handler to "mb_output_handler", character ; encoding will be transparently converted to the specified encoding. ; Setting any output handler automatically turns on output buffering. ; Note: People who wrote portable scripts should not depend on this ini ; directive. Instead, explicitly set the output handler using ob_start(). ; Using this ini directive may cause problems unless you know what script ; is doing. ; Note: You cannot use both "mb_output_handler" with "ob_iconv_handler" ; and you cannot use both "ob_gzhandler" and "zlib.output_compression". ; Note: output_handler must be empty if this is set 'On' !!!! ; Instead you must use zlib.output_handler. ; http://php.net/output-handler ;output_handler = ; Transparent output compression using the zlib library ; Valid values for this option are 'off', 'on', or a specific buffer size ; to be used for compression (default is 4KB) ; Note: Resulting chunk size may vary due to nature of compression. PHP ; outputs chunks that are few hundreds bytes each as a result of ; compression. If you prefer a larger chunk size for better ; performance, enable output_buffering in addition. ; Note: You need to use zlib.output_handler instead of the standard ; output_handler, or otherwise the output will be corrupted. ; http://php.net/zlib.output-compression zlib.output_compression = Off ; http://php.net/zlib.output-compression-level ;zlib.output_compression_level = -1 ; You cannot specify additional output handlers if zlib.output_compression ; is activated here. This setting does the same as output_handler but in ; a different order. ; http://php.net/zlib.output-handler ;zlib.output_handler = ; Implicit flush tells PHP to tell the output layer to flush itself ; automatically after every output block. This is equivalent to calling the ; PHP function flush() after each and every call to print() or echo() and each ; and every HTML block. Turning this option on has serious performance ; implications and is generally recommended for debugging purposes only. ; http://php.net/implicit-flush ; Note: This directive is hardcoded to On for the CLI SAPI implicit_flush = Off ; The unserialize callback function will be called (with the undefined class' ; name as parameter), if the unserializer finds an undefined class ; which should be instantiated. A warning appears if the specified function is ; not defined, or if the function doesn't include/implement the missing class. ; So only set this entry, if you really want to implement such a ; callback-function. unserialize_callback_func = ; When floats & doubles are serialized store serialize_precision significant ; digits after the floating point. The default value ensures that when floats ; are decoded with unserialize, the data will remain the same. serialize_precision = 100 ; This directive allows you to enable and disable warnings which PHP will issue ; if you pass a value by reference at function call time. Passing values by ; reference at function call time is a deprecated feature which will be removed ; from PHP at some point in the near future. The acceptable method for passing a ; value by reference to a function is by declaring the reference in the functions ; definition, not at call time. This directive does not disable this feature, it ; only determines whether PHP will warn you about it or not. These warnings ; should enabled in development environments only. ; Default Value: On (Suppress warnings) ; Development Value: Off (Issue warnings) ; Production Value: Off (Issue warnings) ; http://php.net/allow-call-time-pass-reference allow_call_time_pass_reference = On ; Safe Mode ; http://php.net/safe-mode safe_mode = Off ; By default, Safe Mode does a UID compare check when ; opening files. If you want to relax this to a GID compare, ; then turn on safe_mode_gid. ; http://php.net/safe-mode-gid safe_mode_gid = Off ; When safe_mode is on, UID/GID checks are bypassed when ; including files from this directory and its subdirectories. ; (directory must also be in include_path or full path must ; be used when including) ; http://php.net/safe-mode-include-dir safe_mode_include_dir = ; When safe_mode is on, only executables located in the safe_mode_exec_dir ; will be allowed to be executed via the exec family of functions. ; http://php.net/safe-mode-exec-dir safe_mode_exec_dir = ; Setting certain environment variables may be a potential security breach. ; This directive contains a comma-delimited list of prefixes. In Safe Mode, ; the user may only alter environment variables whose names begin with the ; prefixes supplied here. By default, users will only be able to set ; environment variables that begin with PHP_ (e.g. PHP_FOO=BAR). ; Note: If this directive is empty, PHP will let the user modify ANY ; environment variable! ; http://php.net/safe-mode-allowed-env-vars safe_mode_allowed_env_vars = PHP_ ; This directive contains a comma-delimited list of environment variables that ; the end user won't be able to change using putenv(). These variables will be ; protected even if safe_mode_allowed_env_vars is set to allow to change them. ; http://php.net/safe-mode-protected-env-vars safe_mode_protected_env_vars = LD_LIBRARY_PATH ; open_basedir, if set, limits all file operations to the defined directory ; and below. This directive makes most sense if used in a per-directory ; or per-virtualhost web server configuration file. This directive is ; *NOT* affected by whether Safe Mode is turned On or Off. ; http://php.net/open-basedir ;open_basedir = ; This directive allows you to disable certain functions for security reasons. ; It receives a comma-delimited list of function names. This directive is ; *NOT* affected by whether Safe Mode is turned On or Off. ; http://php.net/disable-functions disable_functions = ; This directive allows you to disable certain classes for security reasons. ; It receives a comma-delimited list of class names. This directive is ; *NOT* affected by whether Safe Mode is turned On or Off. ; http://php.net/disable-classes disable_classes = ; Colors for Syntax Highlighting mode. Anything that's acceptable in ; <span style="color: ???????"> would work. ; http://php.net/syntax-highlighting ;highlight.string = #DD0000 ;highlight.comment = #FF9900 ;highlight.keyword = #007700 ;highlight.bg = #FFFFFF ;highlight.default = #0000BB ;highlight.html = #000000 ; If enabled, the request will be allowed to complete even if the user aborts ; the request. Consider enabling it if executing long requests, which may end up ; being interrupted by the user or a browser timing out. PHP's default behavior ; is to disable this feature. ; http://php.net/ignore-user-abort ;ignore_user_abort = On ; Determines the size of the realpath cache to be used by PHP. This value should ; be increased on systems where PHP opens many files to reflect the quantity of ; the file operations performed. ; http://php.net/realpath-cache-size ;realpath_cache_size = 16k ; Duration of time, in seconds for which to cache realpath information for a given ; file or directory. For systems with rarely changing files, consider increasing this ; value. ; http://php.net/realpath-cache-ttl ;realpath_cache_ttl = 120 ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Miscellaneous ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Decides whether PHP may expose the fact that it is installed on the server ; (e.g. by adding its signature to the Web server header). It is no security ; threat in any way, but it makes it possible to determine whether you use PHP ; on your server or not. ; http://php.net/expose-php expose_php = On ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Resource Limits ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Maximum execution time of each script, in seconds ; http://php.net/max-execution-time ; Note: This directive is hardcoded to 0 for the CLI SAPI max_execution_time = 60 ; Maximum amount of time each script may spend parsing request data. It's a good ; idea to limit this time on productions servers in order to eliminate unexpectedly ; long running scripts. ; Note: This directive is hardcoded to -1 for the CLI SAPI ; Default Value: -1 (Unlimited) ; Development Value: 60 (60 seconds) ; Production Value: 60 (60 seconds) ; http://php.net/max-input-time max_input_time = 60 ; Maximum input variable nesting level ; http://php.net/max-input-nesting-level ;max_input_nesting_level = 64 ; Maximum amount of memory a script may consume (128MB) ; http://php.net/memory-limit memory_limit = 128M ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Error handling and logging ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; This directive informs PHP of which errors, warnings and notices you would like ; it to take action for. The recommended way of setting values for this ; directive is through the use of the error level constants and bitwise ; operators. The error level constants are below here for convenience as well as ; some common settings and their meanings. ; By default, PHP is set to take action on all errors, notices and warnings EXCEPT ; those related to E_NOTICE and E_STRICT, which together cover best practices and ; recommended coding standards in PHP. For performance reasons, this is the ; recommend error reporting setting. Your production server shouldn't be wasting ; resources complaining about best practices and coding standards. That's what ; development servers and development settings are for. ; Note: The php.ini-development file has this setting as E_ALL | E_STRICT. This ; means it pretty much reports everything which is exactly what you want during ; development and early testing. ; ; Error Level Constants: ; E_ALL - All errors and warnings (includes E_STRICT as of PHP 6.0.0) ; E_ERROR - fatal run-time errors ; E_RECOVERABLE_ERROR - almost fatal run-time errors ; E_WARNING - run-time warnings (non-fatal errors) ; E_PARSE - compile-time parse errors ; E_NOTICE - run-time notices (these are warnings which often result ; from a bug in your code, but it's possible that it was ; intentional (e.g., using an uninitialized variable and ; relying on the fact it's automatically initialized to an ; empty string) ; E_STRICT - run-time notices, enable to have PHP suggest changes ; to your code which will ensure the best interoperability ; and forward compatibility of your code ; E_CORE_ERROR - fatal errors that occur during PHP's initial startup ; E_CORE_WARNING - warnings (non-fatal errors) that occur during PHP's ; initial startup ; E_COMPILE_ERROR - fatal compile-time errors ; E_COMPILE_WARNING - compile-time warnings (non-fatal errors) ; E_USER_ERROR - user-generated error message ; E_USER_WARNING - user-generated warning message ; E_USER_NOTICE - user-generated notice message ; E_DEPRECATED - warn about code that will not work in future versions ; of PHP ; E_USER_DEPRECATED - user-generated deprecation warnings ; ; Common Values: ; E_ALL & ~E_NOTICE (Show all errors, except for notices and coding standards warnings.) ; E_ALL & ~E_NOTICE | E_STRICT (Show all errors, except for notices) ; E_COMPILE_ERROR|E_RECOVERABLE_ERROR|E_ERROR|E_CORE_ERROR (Show only errors) ; E_ALL | E_STRICT (Show all errors, warnings and notices including coding standards.) ; Default Value: E_ALL & ~E_NOTICE ; Development Value: E_ALL | E_STRICT ; Production Value: E_ALL & ~E_DEPRECATED ; http://php.net/error-reporting error_reporting = E_ALL & ~E_NOTICE & ~E_DEPRECATED ; This directive controls whether or not and where PHP will output errors, ; notices and warnings too. Error output is very useful during development, but ; it could be very dangerous in production environments. Depending on the code ; which is triggering the error, sensitive information could potentially leak ; out of your application such as database usernames and passwords or worse. ; It's recommended that errors be logged on production servers rather than ; having the errors sent to STDOUT. ; Possible Values: ; Off = Do not display any errors ; stderr = Display errors to STDERR (affects only CGI/CLI binaries!) ; On or stdout = Display errors to STDOUT ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; http://php.net/display-errors display_errors = On ; The display of errors which occur during PHP's startup sequence are handled ; separately from display_errors. PHP's default behavior is to suppress those ; errors from clients. Turning the display of startup errors on can be useful in ; debugging configuration problems. But, it's strongly recommended that you ; leave this setting off on production servers. ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; http://php.net/display-startup-errors display_startup_errors = On ; Besides displaying errors, PHP can also log errors to locations such as a ; server-specific log, STDERR, or a location specified by the error_log ; directive found below. While errors should not be displayed on productions ; servers they should still be monitored and logging is a great way to do that. ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: On ; http://php.net/log-errors log_errors = Off ; Set maximum length of log_errors. In error_log information about the source is ; added. The default is 1024 and 0 allows to not apply any maximum length at all. ; http://php.net/log-errors-max-len log_errors_max_len = 1024 ; Do not log repeated messages. Repeated errors must occur in same file on same ; line unless ignore_repeated_source is set true. ; http://php.net/ignore-repeated-errors ignore_repeated_errors = Off ; Ignore source of message when ignoring repeated messages. When this setting ; is On you will not log errors with repeated messages from different files or ; source lines. ; http://php.net/ignore-repeated-source ignore_repeated_source = Off ; If this parameter is set to Off, then memory leaks will not be shown (on ; stdout or in the log). This has only effect in a debug compile, and if ; error reporting includes E_WARNING in the allowed list ; http://php.net/report-memleaks report_memleaks = On ; This setting is on by default. ;report_zend_debug = 0 ; Store the last error/warning message in $php_errormsg (boolean). Setting this value ; to On can assist in debugging and is appropriate for development servers. It should ; however be disabled on production servers. ; Default Value: Off ; Development Value: On ; Production Value: Off ; http://php.net/track-errors track_errors = Off ; Turn off normal error reporting and emit XML-RPC error XML ; http://php.net/xmlrpc-errors ;xmlrpc_errors = 0 ; An XML-RPC faultCode ;xmlrpc_error_number = 0 ; When PHP displays or logs an error, it has the capability of inserting html ; links to documentation related to that error. This directive controls whether ; those HTML links appear in error messages or not. For performance and security ; reasons, it's recommended you disable this on production servers. ; Note: This directive is hardcoded to Off for the CLI SAPI ; Default Value: On ; Development Value: On ; Production value: Off ; http://php.net/html-errors html_errors = On ; If html_errors is set On PHP produces clickable error messages that direct ; to a page describing the error or function causing the error in detail. ; You can download a copy of the PHP manual from http://php.net/docs ; and change docref_root to the base URL of your local copy including the ; leading '/'. You must also specify the file extension being used including ; the dot. PHP's default behavior is to leave these settings empty. ; Note: Never use this feature for production boxes. ; http://php.net/docref-root ; Examples ;docref_root = "/phpmanual/" ; http://php.net/docref-ext ;docref_ext = .html ; String to output before an error message. PHP's default behavior is to leave ; this setting blank. ; http://php.net/error-prepend-string ; Example: ;error_prepend_string = "<font color=#ff0000>" ; String to output after an error message. PHP's default behavior is to leave ; this setting blank. ; http://php.net/error-append-string ; Example: ;error_append_string = "</font>" ; Log errors to specified file. PHP's default behavior is to leave this value ; empty. ; http://php.net/error-log ; Example: ;error_log = php_errors.log ; Log errors to syslog (Event Log on NT, not valid in Windows 95). ;error_log = syslog ;error_log = "C:\xampp\apache\logs\php_error.log" ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Data Handling ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Note - track_vars is ALWAYS enabled ; The separator used in PHP generated URLs to separate arguments. ; PHP's default setting is "&". ; http://php.net/arg-separator.output ; Example: arg_separator.output = "&amp;" ; List of separator(s) used by PHP to parse input URLs into variables. ; PHP's default setting is "&

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765  | Next Page >